1 #LyX 1.5.4svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
23 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
24 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
25 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
26 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
27 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
28 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
29 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
31 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
33 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
34 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
36 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
38 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
39 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
41 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
42 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
43 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
46 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
48 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
49 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
50 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
53 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
54 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
56 % redefine the greyed out note
57 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
58 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
60 \options intoc,refpage,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
80 \paperorientation portrait
91 \paragraph_separation indent
93 \quotes_language english
96 \paperpagestyle default
97 \tracking_changes false
114 \begin_layout Standard
116 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
119 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
131 \begin_layout Standard
132 \begin_inset Note Note
135 \begin_layout Standard
136 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
143 \begin_layout Standard
144 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
152 \begin_layout Standard
153 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
160 \begin_layout Chapter
164 \begin_layout Section
168 \begin_layout Standard
169 LyX is a document preparation system.
170 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
171 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
172 It is unlike most other
173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
180 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
182 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
194 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
199 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
203 \begin_layout Standard
204 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
217 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
221 \begin_layout Standard
223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
234 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
235 the format of all of the manuals.
236 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
237 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
254 \begin_layout Section
258 \begin_layout Standard
259 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
261 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
262 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
264 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
283 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
286 \begin_layout Standard
287 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
288 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
289 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
291 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
292 only a vertical scrollbar.
293 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
294 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
295 This, however, is due
296 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
297 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
298 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
299 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
301 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
302 this doesn't work for equations yet.
305 \begin_layout Standard
306 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
307 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
309 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
310 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
315 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
316 ing sections of this documentation.
319 \begin_layout Section
323 \begin_layout Standard
324 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
329 of the manuals from inside LyX.
330 Just select the manual you want read from the
337 \begin_layout Section
339 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
340 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
347 \begin_layout Standard
348 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
349 without resorting to configuration files.
350 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
351 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
352 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
355 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
363 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
364 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
365 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
366 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
368 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
372 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
373 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
377 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
380 \begin_layout Section
382 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
383 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
390 \begin_layout Standard
391 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
392 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
400 \begin_layout Standard
412 that will be created when using the menu
414 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
419 \begin_layout Standard
430 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
431 \begin_inset Note Note
434 \begin_layout Standard
435 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
443 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
444 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
446 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
451 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
453 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
454 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
464 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
465 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
472 \begin_layout Chapter
476 \begin_layout Section
477 Basic File Operations
478 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
479 name "File Operations"
486 \begin_layout Standard
491 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
495 \begin_layout Itemize
501 \begin_layout Itemize
513 \begin_layout Itemize
519 \begin_layout Itemize
525 \begin_layout Itemize
531 \begin_layout Itemize
538 \begin_layout Itemize
546 \begin_layout Itemize
553 \begin_layout Itemize
559 \begin_layout Itemize
565 \begin_layout Itemize
571 \begin_layout Itemize
577 \begin_layout Standard
578 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
579 a few minor differences.
582 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
591 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
592 you for a template to use.
593 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
594 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
595 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
596 (see section\InsetSpace ~
598 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
599 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
606 \begin_layout Standard
608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
631 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
632 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
635 \begin_layout Standard
647 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
651 \begin_layout Standard
652 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
671 will reload the document from disk.
672 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
673 and want to restore it to the last save.
679 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
680 can identify this as your changes.
683 \begin_layout Section
684 Basic Editing Features
685 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
691 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
692 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
699 \begin_layout Standard
700 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
701 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
702 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
703 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
705 We'll start with cut and paste.
708 \begin_layout Standard
709 As you might expect, the
713 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
714 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
718 \begin_layout Itemize
724 \begin_layout Itemize
730 \begin_layout Itemize
736 \begin_layout Itemize
743 \begin_layout Itemize
750 \begin_layout Itemize
758 \begin_layout Standard
759 The first three are self-explanatory.
760 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
761 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
770 keys also functions as the
775 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
776 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
781 to get back the lost text.
784 \begin_layout Standard
785 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
790 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
796 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
799 \begin_layout Standard
802 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
804 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
806 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
809 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
815 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
821 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
822 will start a new paragraph.
825 \begin_layout Standard
826 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
832 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
839 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
851 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
856 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
867 button to skip the current word.
873 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
879 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
881 If the toggle is set, searching for
882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
893 will not match the word
894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
908 Match whole words only
910 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
938 \begin_layout Standard
939 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
940 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
942 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
947 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
954 \begin_layout Section
956 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
962 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
968 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
969 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
976 \begin_layout Standard
977 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
978 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
981 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
984 to undo some mistake.
985 If you accidentally undo too much, use
987 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
998 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1003 \begin_layout Standard
1004 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1005 it was last saved, the
1006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1013 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1014 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1017 \begin_layout Standard
1026 work on almost everything in LyX.
1027 They have some quirks, too.
1036 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1037 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1045 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1046 surely appreciate how it works.
1049 \begin_layout Section
1051 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1052 name "Mouse Operations"
1059 \begin_layout Standard
1060 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1063 \begin_layout Enumerate
1068 \begin_layout Itemize
1073 once anywhere in the edit window.
1074 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1078 \begin_layout Enumerate
1083 \begin_layout Itemize
1089 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1092 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1095 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1098 \begin_layout Itemize
1099 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1101 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1108 \begin_layout Enumerate
1109 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1113 \begin_layout Standard
1118 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1119 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1120 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1124 \begin_layout Enumerate
1129 \begin_layout Standard
1134 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1139 \begin_layout Section
1141 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1142 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1147 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1155 \begin_layout Standard
1156 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1157 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1159 LyX's default is CUA.
1162 \begin_layout Standard
1189 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1193 \begin_layout Labeling
1194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1198 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1200 description "Tabulator key"
1206 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1207 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1209 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1210 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1215 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1216 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1220 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1222 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1223 reference "sub:Lists"
1229 If you're still confused, look in the
1236 \begin_layout Labeling
1237 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1241 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1243 description "Escape key"
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1258 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1261 \begin_layout Labeling
1262 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1273 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1274 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1278 \begin_layout Standard
1279 There are three modifier keys:
1282 \begin_layout Labeling
1283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1301 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1303 description "Control key"
1307 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1308 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1312 \begin_layout Itemize
1321 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1324 \begin_layout Itemize
1333 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1336 \begin_layout Itemize
1345 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1349 \begin_layout Labeling
1350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1368 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1370 description "Shift key"
1374 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1375 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1378 \begin_layout Labeling
1379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1397 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1399 description "Meta or Alt key"
1403 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1404 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1405 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1411 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1413 menu accelerator keys
1416 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1417 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1421 \begin_layout Standard
1422 For example, the sequence
1423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1474 \begin_layout Standard
1475 There are also other things bound to the
1479 key, but you'll have to check in the
1491 \begin_layout Standard
1492 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1493 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1494 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1495 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1496 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1497 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1498 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1514 followed by a capital
1520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1538 \begin_layout Chapter
1540 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1548 \begin_layout Section
1550 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1551 name "Document ! Types"
1558 \begin_layout Subsection
1562 \begin_layout Standard
1563 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1564 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1565 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1566 numbering schemes, and so on.
1567 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1568 and format the title of your document differently.
1571 \begin_layout Standard
1576 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1577 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1578 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1579 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1580 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1583 \begin_layout Standard
1584 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1585 how to adjust their properties.
1588 \begin_layout Subsection
1590 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1591 name "Document ! Classes"
1596 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1597 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1604 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1608 \begin_layout Standard
1609 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1613 \begin_layout Description
1614 Article for basic articles
1617 \begin_layout Description
1618 Report for basic reports
1621 \begin_layout Description
1622 Book for writing a book
1625 \begin_layout Description
1626 Letter for US-style letters
1629 \begin_layout Standard
1630 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1632 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1633 can be found in chapter
1635 Special Document Classes
1644 \begin_layout Description
1645 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1648 \begin_layout Description
1655 \begin_layout Standard
1664 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1668 \begin_layout Description
1669 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1670 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1671 There are three article layouts available.
1672 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1673 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1674 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1675 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1680 sequential numbering
1681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1684 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1685 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1686 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1687 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1690 \begin_layout Description
1691 Beamer Layout for presentations
1694 \begin_layout Description
1695 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1696 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1700 \begin_layout Description
1701 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1702 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1705 \begin_layout Description
1706 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1709 \begin_layout Description
1712 Die TeXnische Komödie
1714 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1717 \begin_layout Description
1718 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1721 \begin_layout Description
1722 Foils Used to make transparencies
1725 \begin_layout Description
1726 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1729 \begin_layout Description
1730 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1731 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1735 \begin_layout Description
1736 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1737 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1740 \begin_layout Description
1741 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1744 \begin_layout Description
1745 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1748 \begin_layout Description
1749 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1750 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1753 \begin_layout Description
1754 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1757 \begin_layout Description
1762 LaTeX document class
1765 \begin_layout Description
1766 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1769 \begin_layout Description
1774 \begin_layout Standard
1781 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1782 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1784 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1787 \begin_layout Description
1788 Slides Used to make transparencies
1791 \begin_layout Description
1793 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1794 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1797 \begin_layout Description
1798 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1801 \begin_layout Description
1806 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1809 \begin_layout Standard
1810 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1812 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1817 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1818 of the document classes.
1821 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1825 \begin_layout Standard
1826 You can select a class using the
1828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1830 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1831 name "Document ! Settings"
1838 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1842 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1846 \begin_layout Standard
1847 Each class has a default set of options.
1848 Here's a quick table describing them:
1851 \begin_layout Standard
1852 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1858 \begin_layout Standard
1860 \begin_inset Tabular
1861 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1868 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1872 \begin_layout Standard
1878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1881 \begin_layout Standard
1896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1899 \begin_layout Standard
1914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1917 \begin_layout Standard
1932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1935 \begin_layout Standard
1951 <row topline="true">
1952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1955 \begin_layout Standard
1969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1972 \begin_layout Standard
1987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1990 \begin_layout Standard
2005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2008 \begin_layout Standard
2023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2026 \begin_layout Standard
2042 <row topline="true">
2043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2046 \begin_layout Standard
2060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2063 \begin_layout Standard
2078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2081 \begin_layout Standard
2096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2099 \begin_layout Standard
2114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2117 \begin_layout Standard
2133 <row topline="true">
2134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2137 \begin_layout Standard
2151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2154 \begin_layout Standard
2169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2172 \begin_layout Standard
2187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2190 \begin_layout Standard
2205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2208 \begin_layout Standard
2224 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2228 \begin_layout Standard
2242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2245 \begin_layout Standard
2260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2263 \begin_layout Standard
2278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2281 \begin_layout Standard
2296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2299 \begin_layout Standard
2321 \begin_layout Standard
2322 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2328 \begin_layout Standard
2329 You're probably also wondering what
2330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2339 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2340 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2345 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2350 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2360 headings, there are also
2368 headings, and so on.
2369 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2371 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2372 reference "sub:Headings"
2379 \begin_layout Subsection
2381 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2382 name "Document ! Layout"
2387 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2388 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2395 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2396 name "Document ! Settings"
2403 \begin_layout Standard
2404 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2406 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2416 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2419 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2421 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2422 to use for your document.
2423 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2427 \begin_layout Standard
2437 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2438 You can choose between the following five options:
2441 \begin_layout Labeling
2442 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2447 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2450 \begin_layout Labeling
2451 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2456 No page numbers or headings.
2459 \begin_layout Labeling
2460 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2468 \begin_layout Labeling
2469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2474 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2475 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2476 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2479 \begin_layout Labeling
2480 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2485 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2489 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2490 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2497 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2498 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2500 Check the documentation for the
2504 package for more details,
2505 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2513 \begin_layout Standard
2518 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2520 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2521 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2528 \begin_layout Subsection
2529 Paper Size and Orientation
2530 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2531 name "Document ! Paper size"
2536 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2537 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2544 \begin_layout Standard
2545 You'll find the following options in the menu
2550 of the dialog of the
2552 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2558 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2559 name "Document ! Settings"
2566 \begin_layout Labeling
2567 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2572 What size paper to print on.
2576 \begin_layout Itemize
2582 \begin_layout Itemize
2592 \begin_layout Itemize
2598 \begin_layout Itemize
2604 \begin_layout Itemize
2610 \begin_layout Itemize
2616 \begin_layout Itemize
2622 \begin_layout Labeling
2623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2628 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2639 \begin_layout Labeling
2640 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2643 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2646 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2647 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2650 \begin_layout Subsection
2652 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2653 name "Document ! Margins"
2658 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2664 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2672 \begin_layout Standard
2673 Paper margins are set in the menu
2675 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2681 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2682 name "Document ! Settings"
2689 \begin_layout Standard
2690 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2691 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2692 the paper format and the font size into account.
2695 \begin_layout Subsection
2699 \begin_layout Standard
2700 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2705 That includes the paragraph environments.
2706 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2707 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2708 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2709 paragraph environments to
2713 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2714 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2715 the conversion and why it failed.
2718 \begin_layout Section
2719 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2720 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2721 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2728 \begin_layout Subsection
2730 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2731 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2738 \begin_layout Standard
2739 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2740 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2743 \begin_layout Standard
2744 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2745 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2746 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2747 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2751 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2757 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2758 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2759 language than English.
2760 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2763 \begin_layout Standard
2764 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2765 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2767 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2768 LyX takes care of that.
2769 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2771 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2772 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2773 of a page, and so on.
2777 \begin_layout Standard
2778 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2783 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2784 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2788 of these pre-coded spacings.
2789 We'll explain more later.
2792 \begin_layout Subsection
2793 Paragraph Separation
2794 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2795 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2802 \begin_layout Standard
2803 To separate paragraphs, select
2818 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2820 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2821 name "Document ! Settings"
2827 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2828 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2829 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2832 \begin_layout Standard
2842 \begin_layout Standard
2843 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2845 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2846 reference "cap:Units"
2851 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2855 \begin_layout Subsection
2859 \begin_layout Standard
2860 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2863 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2864 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2867 dialog and toggle the
2872 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2873 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2874 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2878 \begin_layout Standard
2879 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2880 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2883 \begin_layout Subsection
2885 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2886 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2893 \begin_layout Standard
2896 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2898 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2899 name "Document ! Settings"
2905 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2914 \begin_layout Standard
2915 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2918 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2919 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2925 installed to use this feature.
2933 \begin_layout Section
2934 Paragraph Environments
2935 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2936 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2941 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2942 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2947 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2948 name "Paragraph environments|("
2955 \begin_layout Subsection
2959 \begin_layout Standard
2960 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2963 \begin_layout Standard
2983 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2984 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2985 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2994 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2997 \begin_layout Standard
2998 A paragraph environment is simply a
2999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3006 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3007 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3008 scheme, labels, and so on.
3009 Additionally, you can
3010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3017 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3018 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3019 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3020 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3021 days of typewriters.
3022 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3024 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3027 \begin_layout Standard
3028 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3030 LyX will change the environment of the
3034 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3035 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3036 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3040 \begin_layout Standard
3049 create a new paragraph using the
3053 paragraph environment.
3055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3062 because if you are in one of these environments:
3065 \begin_layout Itemize
3071 \begin_layout Itemize
3077 \begin_layout Itemize
3083 \begin_layout Itemize
3089 \begin_layout Itemize
3095 \begin_layout Itemize
3101 \begin_layout Itemize
3107 \begin_layout Standard
3108 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3112 , rather than resetting it to
3117 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3118 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3119 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3121 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3122 reference "sec:Nesting"
3127 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3132 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3133 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3141 \begin_layout Subsection
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3146 The default paragraph environment is
3151 It creates a plain paragraph.
3152 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3153 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3154 this manual) are in the
3161 \begin_layout Standard
3162 You can nest a paragraph using the
3166 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3174 \begin_layout Subsection
3176 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3177 name "Document !Title"
3184 \begin_layout Standard
3185 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3194 for thanks or contact information.
3195 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3196 page along with today's date.
3197 For other types of documents, the title
3198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3205 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3209 \begin_layout Standard
3210 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3224 Here's how you use them:
3227 \begin_layout Itemize
3228 Put the title of your document in the
3235 \begin_layout Itemize
3236 Put the author name in the
3243 \begin_layout Itemize
3244 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3245 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3251 Note that using this environment is optional.
3252 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3253 If you don't want any date, add the line
3263 to the preamble of your document (menu
3265 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Standard
3272 You can use footnotes to insert
3273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3280 or contact informations.
3283 \begin_layout Subsection
3285 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3286 name "Section headings"
3291 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3299 \begin_layout Standard
3300 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3301 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3306 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3307 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3314 \begin_layout Standard
3315 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3319 \begin_layout Enumerate
3325 \begin_layout Enumerate
3331 \begin_layout Enumerate
3337 \begin_layout Enumerate
3343 \begin_layout Enumerate
3349 \begin_layout Enumerate
3355 \begin_layout Enumerate
3361 \begin_layout Standard
3362 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3363 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3364 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3367 \begin_layout Standard
3368 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3369 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3370 You group the book into chapters.
3371 LyX does similar grouping:
3374 \begin_layout Itemize
3379 is divided in either
3388 \begin_layout Itemize
3400 \begin_layout Itemize
3412 \begin_layout Itemize
3424 \begin_layout Itemize
3436 \begin_layout Itemize
3448 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3452 \begin_layout Standard
3457 Not all document types use the
3461 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3466 is the top-level heading.
3474 \begin_layout Standard
3479 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3480 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3482 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3494 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3496 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3497 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3504 \begin_layout Standard
3505 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3509 \begin_layout Enumerate
3515 \begin_layout Enumerate
3521 \begin_layout Enumerate
3527 \begin_layout Enumerate
3533 \begin_layout Enumerate
3539 \begin_layout Standard
3541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3548 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3549 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3550 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3552 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3561 Changing the Numbering
3562 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3563 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3570 \begin_layout Standard
3571 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3572 in the Table of Contents.
3573 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3575 Certain classes start with
3589 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3599 This is something you can change.
3602 \begin_layout Standard
3605 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3611 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3612 name "Document ! Settings"
3620 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3624 you'll see two counters.
3629 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3631 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3635 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3636 Short Titles of Headings
3637 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3638 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3646 \begin_layout Standard
3653 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3654 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3661 \begin_layout Standard
3662 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3663 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3664 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3665 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3668 \begin_layout Standard
3669 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3670 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3671 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3672 To specify a short title, use the menu
3674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3679 This will insert a box labeled
3680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3695 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3696 This also works for captions inside floats.
3699 \begin_layout Standard
3700 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3703 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3707 \begin_layout Standard
3708 The following information applies to all section headings:
3711 \begin_layout Itemize
3712 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3715 \begin_layout Itemize
3716 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3719 \begin_layout Itemize
3720 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3723 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3727 \begin_layout Subsection
3728 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3731 \begin_layout Standard
3732 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3746 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3747 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3748 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3749 the text they contain.
3750 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3758 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3761 \begin_layout Standard
3762 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3771 when you start a new paragraph.
3772 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3776 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3777 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3778 to change back to the
3782 environment yourself.
3785 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3795 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3801 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3809 \begin_layout Standard
3810 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3811 time for the differences.
3820 are identical except for one difference:
3824 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3833 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3836 \begin_layout Standard
3837 Here's an example of the
3850 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3852 See -- no indentation!
3856 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3857 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3858 the other paragraph.
3861 \begin_layout Standard
3862 Here's another example, this time in the
3869 \begin_layout Quotation
3875 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3876 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3877 the first line, then
3881 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3885 you were quoting other text.
3888 \begin_layout Quotation
3889 Here's a new paragraph.
3890 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3891 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3894 \begin_layout Standard
3895 As the examples show,
3899 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3900 They should put quotes in the
3905 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3909 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3918 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3919 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3926 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3932 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3940 \begin_layout Standard
3945 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3952 Which I did not rehearse!
3956 It could be much worse.
3957 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3959 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3960 indented a bit more than the first.
3961 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3968 And make things look fine
3977 \begin_layout Standard
3982 does not indent both margins.
3983 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3984 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3995 \begin_layout Subsection
3997 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4003 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4011 \begin_layout Standard
4012 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4022 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4031 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4032 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4033 some general features of all four of them.
4036 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4040 \begin_layout Standard
4041 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4043 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4052 reset the environment to
4056 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4057 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4058 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4063 to break paragraphs.
4066 \begin_layout Standard
4067 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4068 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4070 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4071 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4073 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4074 reference "sec:Nesting"
4082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4088 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4089 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4094 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4102 \begin_layout Standard
4103 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4107 paragraph environment.
4108 It has the following properties:
4111 \begin_layout Itemize
4112 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4116 \begin_layout Itemize
4117 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4120 \begin_layout Itemize
4121 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4125 \begin_layout Itemize
4126 The items can have any length.
4127 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4128 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4135 \begin_layout Itemize
4140 environment inside another
4144 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4148 \begin_layout Itemize
4149 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4152 \begin_layout Itemize
4153 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4156 \begin_layout Itemize
4157 See section\InsetSpace ~
4159 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4160 reference "sec:Nesting"
4164 for a full explanation of nesting.
4168 \begin_layout Standard
4169 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4178 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4181 \begin_layout Standard
4182 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4183 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4184 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4187 \begin_layout Itemize
4188 The label for the first level
4192 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4196 \begin_layout Itemize
4197 The label for the second level is a dash.
4201 \begin_layout Itemize
4202 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4206 \begin_layout Itemize
4207 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4211 \begin_layout Itemize
4212 Back out to the third level.
4216 \begin_layout Itemize
4217 Back to the second level.
4221 \begin_layout Itemize
4222 Back to the outermost level.
4225 \begin_layout Standard
4226 These are the default labels for an
4231 You can customize these labels in the
4233 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4236 dialog in the submenu
4243 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4244 name "Document ! Settings"
4251 \begin_layout Standard
4252 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4253 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4254 in section\InsetSpace ~
4256 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4257 reference "sec:Nesting"
4264 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4270 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4271 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4276 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4277 name "sec:Enumerate"
4284 \begin_layout Standard
4289 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4290 It has these properties:
4293 \begin_layout Enumerate
4294 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4298 \begin_layout Enumerate
4299 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4303 \begin_layout Enumerate
4304 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4307 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 environment resets the counter to one.
4315 \begin_layout Enumerate
4328 \begin_layout Enumerate
4329 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4330 Items can have any length.
4333 \begin_layout Enumerate
4334 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4337 \begin_layout Enumerate
4338 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4341 \begin_layout Enumerate
4342 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4346 \begin_layout Standard
4355 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4356 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4363 \begin_layout Enumerate
4364 The first level of an
4368 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4372 \begin_layout Enumerate
4373 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4377 \begin_layout Enumerate
4378 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4382 \begin_layout Enumerate
4383 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4386 \begin_layout Enumerate
4387 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4392 \begin_layout Enumerate
4393 Back to the third level
4397 \begin_layout Enumerate
4398 Back to the second level.
4402 \begin_layout Enumerate
4403 Back to the outermost level.
4406 \begin_layout Standard
4407 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4412 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4417 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4421 \begin_layout Standard
4422 There is more to nesting
4426 environments than we've stated here.
4427 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4429 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4430 reference "sec:Nesting"
4434 to learn more about nesting.
4437 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4443 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4444 name "Lists ! Description"
4449 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4450 name "sec:Description-List"
4457 \begin_layout Standard
4458 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4462 list has no fixed label.
4463 Instead, LyX uses the first
4464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4471 of the first line as the label.
4475 \begin_layout Description
4476 Example: This is an example of the
4483 \begin_layout Standard
4484 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4488 \begin_layout Standard
4490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4497 it is meant that the first hit of the
4501 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4503 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4515 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4516 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4519 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4521 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4522 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4526 for more info.) Here is an example:
4529 \begin_layout Description
4531 Example: This one shows how to use a
4533 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4543 \begin_layout Description
4544 Usage: You should use the
4548 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4549 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4551 It's not a good idea to use a
4555 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4556 You're better off using
4568 paragraphs into them.
4571 \begin_layout Description
4572 Nesting: You can nest
4576 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4580 \begin_layout Standard
4581 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4582 them from the first line.
4585 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4591 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4592 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4597 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4605 \begin_layout Standard
4610 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4614 \begin_layout Standard
4623 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4624 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4627 \begin_layout Labeling
4628 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4630 labels LyX uses the first
4631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4638 of each line as the item label.
4643 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4644 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4645 blank as described above.
4648 \begin_layout Labeling
4649 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4650 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4651 the body of the item text.
4652 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4653 label width plus a little extra space.
4657 \begin_layout Labeling
4658 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4660 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4662 If the label width is larger, the label
4663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4670 into the first line.
4671 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4672 margin of the rest of the item text.
4675 \begin_layout Labeling
4676 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4677 default\InsetSpace ~
4678 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4683 environment have the same left margin.
4685 To change the default width, select
4686 all items in the list.
4689 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4690 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4696 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4699 determines the default label width.
4700 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4709 multiple times instead.
4710 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4719 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4721 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4724 every time you alter a label in a
4730 The predefined default width is the length of
4731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4742 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4745 \begin_layout Standard
4750 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4751 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4759 \begin_layout Standard
4764 environment the same way like the
4768 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4774 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4778 \begin_layout Standard
4783 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4785 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4786 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4788 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4789 reference "sec:Nesting"
4793 to learn about nesting.
4796 \begin_layout Standard
4797 There is yet another feature of the
4801 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4803 You can use additional
4807 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4812 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4814 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4815 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4820 Here are some examples:
4823 \begin_layout Labeling
4824 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4825 Left The default for
4832 \begin_layout Labeling
4833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4840 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4843 \begin_layout Labeling
4844 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4853 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4856 \begin_layout Subsection
4858 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4879 \begin_layout Standard
4880 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4891 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4892 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4893 In contrast, you can use the
4902 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4903 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, you're not limited to using
4923 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4924 some European academic papers.
4927 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4929 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4930 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4937 \begin_layout Standard
4942 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4943 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4949 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4950 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4951 Here's an example of each:
4954 \begin_layout Right Address
4961 When is it? What is today?
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4971 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4972 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4973 Here's an example of the
4980 \begin_layout Address
4983 Where do I send this
4985 Your post office and country
4988 \begin_layout Standard
4989 As you can see, both
4998 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5003 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5009 This makes sense, since
5017 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5018 Thus, you have to use
5028 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5029 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5037 menu) to start a new line in an
5049 \begin_layout Subsection
5053 \begin_layout Standard
5054 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5055 or list of references.
5056 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5063 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5071 \begin_layout Standard
5076 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5077 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5078 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5079 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5083 in anything else or vice versa.
5089 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5090 The book document classes ignores the
5094 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5098 in a letter document class.
5101 \begin_layout Standard
5106 environment does several things for you.
5107 First, it puts the centered label
5108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5116 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5118 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5119 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5120 the subsequent text.
5121 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5122 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5125 \begin_layout Standard
5126 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5130 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5131 The new paragraph will still be in the
5136 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5137 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5140 \begin_layout Standard
5141 \begin_inset Float figure
5146 \begin_layout Standard
5148 \begin_inset Graphics
5149 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5157 \begin_layout Standard
5158 \begin_inset Caption
5160 \begin_layout Standard
5161 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5162 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5183 \begin_layout Standard
5184 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5188 environment, but since this document is in the
5189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5196 class, we can't do this.
5197 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5199 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5200 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5205 If you've never heard of an
5206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5213 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5216 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5222 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5228 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5229 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5236 \begin_layout Standard
5241 environment is used to list references.
5242 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5243 only use it at the end of the document.
5248 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5251 \begin_layout Standard
5252 When you first open a
5256 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5272 depending on the document class.
5273 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5274 Each paragraph of the
5278 environment is a bibliography entry.
5283 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5284 Each new paragraph is still in the
5291 \begin_layout Standard
5292 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5293 in section\InsetSpace ~
5295 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5296 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5303 \begin_layout Subsection
5307 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5308 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5313 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5321 \begin_layout Standard
5326 environment is another LyX extension.
5327 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5332 key as a fixed whitespace;
5336 \begin_layout Standard
5347 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5350 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5355 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5356 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5374 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5375 So, when you finish using the
5379 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5380 Also, you can nest the
5384 environment inside of others.
5387 \begin_layout Standard
5388 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5391 \begin_layout Itemize
5396 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5408 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5433 \begin_layout Itemize
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5443 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5444 You must put at least one
5448 in any line you want blank.
5449 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5452 \begin_layout Itemize
5453 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5457 since that will insert
5462 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5470 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5473 \begin_layout Standard
5477 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5481 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5485 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5489 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5493 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5494 printf("Hello World!
5499 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5503 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5507 \begin_layout Standard
5508 This is just the standard
5509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5520 \begin_layout Standard
5525 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5526 rc-files, and so on.
5527 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5528 as if you used a typewriter.
5529 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5530 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5537 \begin_layout Section
5538 Nesting Environments
5539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5540 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5545 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5553 \begin_layout Subsection
5557 \begin_layout Standard
5558 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5560 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5562 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5564 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5576 \begin_layout Enumerate
5580 \begin_layout Enumerate
5585 \begin_layout Enumerate
5589 \begin_layout Enumerate
5594 \begin_layout Enumerate
5598 \begin_layout Standard
5599 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5600 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5602 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5608 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5616 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5617 will tell you how far you are nested).
5618 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5619 \begin_inset Graphics
5620 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5625 \begin_inset Graphics
5626 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5630 or the convenient key bindings
5638 to change the nesting level.
5639 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5640 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5644 \begin_layout Standard
5645 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5646 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5647 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5648 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5653 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5655 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5658 \begin_layout Subsection
5659 What You Can and Can't Nest
5662 \begin_layout Standard
5663 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5664 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5667 \begin_layout Standard
5668 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5669 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5670 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5673 \begin_layout Itemize
5674 Completely unnestable
5677 \begin_layout Itemize
5678 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5679 other things inside of them.
5682 \begin_layout Itemize
5683 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5687 \begin_layout Standard
5688 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5689 environments have them:
5692 \begin_layout Description
5693 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5694 Can't nest into them.
5698 \begin_layout Itemize
5704 \begin_layout Itemize
5710 \begin_layout Itemize
5718 \begin_layout Itemize
5724 \begin_layout Itemize
5730 \begin_layout Itemize
5738 \begin_layout Itemize
5744 \begin_layout Itemize
5750 \begin_layout Itemize
5756 \begin_layout Itemize
5762 \begin_layout Itemize
5768 \begin_layout Itemize
5774 \begin_layout Itemize
5780 \begin_layout Itemize
5786 \begin_layout Itemize
5792 \begin_layout Itemize
5798 \begin_layout Itemize
5805 \begin_layout Description
5807 Nestable You can nest them.
5808 You can nest other things into them.
5812 \begin_layout Itemize
5818 \begin_layout Itemize
5824 \begin_layout Itemize
5830 \begin_layout Itemize
5836 \begin_layout Itemize
5842 \begin_layout Itemize
5848 \begin_layout Itemize
5854 \begin_layout Itemize
5861 \begin_layout Description
5862 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5863 You can't nest anything into them.
5867 \begin_layout Itemize
5873 \begin_layout Itemize
5880 \begin_layout Itemize
5887 \begin_layout Standard
5892 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5906 \begin_layout Subsection
5907 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5908 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5909 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5914 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5915 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5923 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5924 affected by nesting anyhow.
5928 \begin_layout Itemize
5932 \begin_layout Itemize
5936 \begin_layout Itemize
5940 \begin_layout Standard
5942 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5945 \begin_layout Standard
5950 If you put a figure or a table in a
5954 , this is no longer true.
5959 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5961 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5962 reference "sec:Floats"
5966 for more informations about
5973 \begin_layout Standard
5974 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5975 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5979 \begin_layout Standard
5980 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5988 of its own, it behaves just like a
5989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5996 paragraph environment.
5997 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6001 \begin_layout Standard
6002 Here's an example with a table:
6005 \begin_layout Enumerate
6010 \begin_layout Enumerate
6011 This is (a) and it's nested.
6015 \begin_layout Standard
6016 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6022 \begin_layout Standard
6024 \begin_inset Tabular
6025 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6027 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6028 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6029 <row topline="true">
6030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6033 \begin_layout Standard
6048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6051 \begin_layout Standard
6067 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6071 \begin_layout Standard
6086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6089 \begin_layout Standard
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6113 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6120 \begin_layout Enumerate
6122 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6126 \begin_layout Enumerate
6130 \begin_layout Standard
6131 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6134 \begin_layout Enumerate
6139 \begin_layout Enumerate
6140 This is (a) and it's nested.
6144 \begin_layout Standard
6145 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6153 \begin_inset Tabular
6154 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6157 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6158 <row topline="true">
6159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6162 \begin_layout Standard
6177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6180 \begin_layout Standard
6196 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6200 \begin_layout Standard
6215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6218 \begin_layout Standard
6241 \begin_layout Standard
6242 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6248 \begin_layout Enumerate
6255 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6258 \begin_layout Enumerate
6262 \begin_layout Standard
6263 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6267 \begin_layout Standard
6268 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6270 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6273 \begin_layout Enumerate
6278 \begin_layout Enumerate
6279 This is (a) and it's nested.
6282 \begin_layout Standard
6283 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6289 \begin_layout Standard
6291 \begin_inset Tabular
6292 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6295 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6296 <row topline="true">
6297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6300 \begin_layout Standard
6315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6318 \begin_layout Standard
6334 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6338 \begin_layout Standard
6353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6356 \begin_layout Standard
6379 \begin_layout Standard
6380 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6386 \begin_layout Enumerate
6388 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6396 \begin_layout Enumerate
6400 \begin_layout Standard
6401 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6407 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6408 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6412 \begin_layout Subsection
6413 Usage and General Features
6414 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6415 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6422 \begin_layout Standard
6423 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6432 is the innermost possible depth.
6433 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6436 \begin_layout Enumerate
6437 level #1 - outermost
6441 \begin_layout Enumerate
6446 \begin_layout Enumerate
6451 \begin_layout Enumerate
6456 \begin_layout Itemize
6461 \begin_layout Itemize
6470 \begin_layout Standard
6471 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6472 both of them in the example.
6473 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6483 For example, if we tried to nest another
6488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6498 \begin_layout Subsection
6500 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6501 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6508 \begin_layout Standard
6509 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6510 We have several examples of nested environments.
6511 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6515 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6516 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6519 \begin_layout Labeling
6520 \labelwidthstring MMM
6521 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6530 \begin_layout Labeling
6531 \labelwidthstring MMM
6532 #2-a This is level #2.
6533 We created it by using
6545 \begin_layout Labeling
6546 \labelwidthstring MMM
6547 #3-a This is level #3.
6548 This time, we just hit
6557 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6570 \begin_layout Standard
6575 environment, nested inside of
6576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6584 So, it's at level #4.
6585 We did this by hitting
6593 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6598 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6614 \begin_layout Standard
6619 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6626 \begin_layout Labeling
6627 \labelwidthstring MMM
6628 #4-a This is level #4.
6633 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6638 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6642 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6647 keep nesting things inside of
6648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6659 \begin_layout Labeling
6660 \labelwidthstring MMM
6661 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6666 \begin_layout Labeling
6667 \labelwidthstring MMM
6668 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6669 and this is level #6.
6670 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6674 \begin_layout Labeling
6675 \labelwidthstring MMM
6676 #5-b Back to level #5.
6689 \begin_layout Labeling
6690 \labelwidthstring MMM
6699 , we're back at level #4.
6703 \begin_layout Labeling
6704 \labelwidthstring MMM
6705 #3-b Back to level #3.
6706 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6710 \begin_layout Labeling
6711 \labelwidthstring MMM
6712 #2-b Back to level #2.
6717 \begin_layout Labeling
6718 \labelwidthstring MMM
6719 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6720 After this sentence, we'll hit
6724 and change the paragraph environment back to
6731 \begin_layout Standard
6732 We could have also used the
6748 environment in place of the
6753 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6756 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6757 Example 2: Inheritance
6760 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6761 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6764 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6774 , after which, we'll change to the
6782 \begin_layout Enumerate
6787 environment, at level #2.
6790 \begin_layout Enumerate
6791 Notice how the nested
6795 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6799 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6803 \begin_layout Standard
6804 We ended this example by hitting
6809 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6813 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6821 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6833 \begin_layout Standard
6834 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6842 \begin_layout Enumerate
6843 This is level #1, in an
6847 paragraph environment.
6848 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6852 \begin_layout Enumerate
6863 Now, what happens if we nest an
6867 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6868 label be? An asterisk?
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6882 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6883 So, its label is a bullet.
6884 (We got here by using
6892 , then changing the environment to
6900 \begin_layout Itemize
6901 Here's level #4, produced using
6910 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6915 \begin_layout Enumerate
6916 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6918 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6923 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6927 , because we are in the
6951 \begin_layout Enumerate
6956 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6957 type of numbering does LyX use?
6960 \begin_layout Enumerate
6961 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6965 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6968 \begin_layout Enumerate
6973 to decrease the depth after the next
6981 \begin_layout Enumerate
6983 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6987 \begin_layout Enumerate
6989 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6990 numeral as the label.Why?
6993 \begin_layout Enumerate
6994 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7003 Notice, however, that LyX
7007 reset the counter for the label.
7011 \begin_layout Enumerate
7020 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7021 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7022 into the twofold-nested
7030 \begin_layout Enumerate
7031 The same thing happens if we do another
7039 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7042 \begin_layout Standard
7043 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7048 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7062 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7068 The same rule applies for the
7072 environment, as well.
7075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7076 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7081 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7082 same detail with how we did it.
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7094 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7096 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7097 example in parentheses someplace.
7098 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7099 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7100 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7104 \begin_layout Enumerate
7109 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7114 Now we'll add verse.
7116 It will get much worse.
7120 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7126 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7128 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7140 \begin_layout Standard
7141 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7147 \begin_layout Standard
7149 \begin_inset Tabular
7150 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Standard
7173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7176 \begin_layout Standard
7192 <row topline="true">
7193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7196 \begin_layout Standard
7211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7214 \begin_layout Standard
7241 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7245 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7251 \begin_layout Enumerate
7256 : level #1) This is another item.
7257 Note that selecting a
7261 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7262 3 times to put the table inside the
7270 \begin_layout Quotation
7271 We're now ending the
7275 list and changing to
7280 We're still at level #1.
7281 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7282 The next set of paragraphs is a
7283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7299 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7303 for the letter body.
7308 to preserve the depth.
7309 Remember that you need to use
7313 to create multiple lines inside the
7327 \begin_layout Right Address
7330 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7335 \begin_layout Address
7336 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7340 \begin_layout Quotation
7341 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7342 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7345 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7346 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7347 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7348 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7349 as soon as possible.
7350 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7353 \begin_layout Quotation
7354 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7355 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7356 with your order, along with payment.
7359 \begin_layout Quotation
7360 We thank you again for your patience.
7363 \begin_layout Address
7370 \begin_layout Quotation
7371 That ends that example!
7374 \begin_layout Standard
7375 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7376 just a few keystrokes.
7377 We could have easily nested an
7398 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7401 \begin_layout Section
7402 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7405 \begin_layout Subsection
7407 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7408 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7415 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7421 \begin_layout Standard
7422 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7423 in a uniform fashion.
7424 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7425 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7426 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7427 equally between themselves.
7431 \begin_layout Standard
7436 can be inserted with
7438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7439 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7440 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7444 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7449 This is on the left side
7451 This is on the right
7474 \begin_layout Standard
7475 That was an example in the
7481 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7487 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7490 is one in a standard paragraph.
7491 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7495 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7498 \begin_layout Standard
7499 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7500 Here's an example with the
7507 \begin_layout Labeling
7508 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7520 \begin_layout Standard
7522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 marks the beginning of the item.
7530 (There is actually a
7531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7538 HFill inside of the label of the
7542 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7551 situations, like two-column mode.
7554 \begin_layout Standard
7555 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7558 \begin_layout Standard
7563 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7567 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7568 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7569 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7579 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7581 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7594 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7595 Other space variants
7596 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7597 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7604 \begin_layout Standard
7605 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7606 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7608 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7614 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7616 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7619 \begin_layout Paragraph
7623 \begin_layout Standard
7624 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7625 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7636 For example the command
7643 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7646 cm space within the following line:
7649 \begin_layout Standard
7651 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7658 \begin_layout Standard
7668 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7672 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7675 cm space between the arrows.
7678 \begin_layout Standard
7679 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7681 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7682 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7689 \begin_layout Paragraph
7693 \begin_layout Standard
7694 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7696 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7699 \begin_layout Standard
7700 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7703 What is correct English?:
7708 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7714 \begin_layout Standard
7730 \begin_layout Standard
7741 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7747 \begin_layout Standard
7748 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7759 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7766 In our case write the command
7773 (note the space after
7774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7781 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7782 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7783 That is why it is named
7784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7795 \begin_layout Standard
7796 There exists also the commands
7808 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7809 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7810 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7811 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7823 \begin_layout Subsection
7825 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7826 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7833 \begin_layout Standard
7834 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7836 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7837 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7838 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7842 There you find the following sizes:
7845 \begin_layout Standard
7858 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7863 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7865 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7867 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7868 name "Document ! Settings"
7874 for the paragraph separation.
7875 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7886 \begin_layout Standard
7891 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7892 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7894 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7895 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7904 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7908 \begin_layout Standard
7913 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7915 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7916 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7925 If there are several
7929 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7930 You can therefore use
7934 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7937 \begin_layout Standard
7942 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7944 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7945 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7952 \begin_layout Standard
7953 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7956 \begin_layout Standard
7963 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7964 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7976 \begin_layout Subsection
7980 \begin_layout Standard
7981 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7983 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7987 There are four possibilities:
7990 \begin_layout Itemize
7996 \begin_layout Itemize
8002 \begin_layout Itemize
8008 \begin_layout Itemize
8014 \begin_layout Standard
8015 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8016 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8017 the left and right margins.
8018 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8021 \begin_layout Standard
8023 This paragraph is right aligned,
8026 \begin_layout Standard
8028 this one is centered,
8031 \begin_layout Standard
8033 this one is left aligned.
8036 \begin_layout Subsection
8038 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8039 name "Pagebreaks ! Forced"
8044 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8045 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8052 \begin_layout Standard
8053 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8054 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8055 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8056 Only if you use many
8060 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8063 \begin_layout Standard
8064 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8065 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8069 have to change the pagebreaking.
8072 \begin_layout Standard
8073 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8075 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8078 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8083 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8084 that it fills out the complete page.
8085 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8086 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8087 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8098 \begin_layout Standard
8099 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8101 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8112 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8113 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118 normally one uses simply
8130 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8131 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8134 \begin_layout Standard
8135 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8136 at the top of a page.
8137 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8138 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8139 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8140 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8142 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8143 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8154 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8156 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8157 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8162 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8163 name "Pagebreaks ! Clear"
8170 \begin_layout Standard
8171 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8172 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8173 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8174 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8175 if necessary by adding pages.
8178 \begin_layout Standard
8179 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8181 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8182 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8187 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8190 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8195 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8196 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8199 \begin_layout Subsection
8201 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8207 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8208 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8215 \begin_layout Standard
8216 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8218 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8220 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8221 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8230 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8231 whole space between the page margins.
8232 This is necessary to avoid
8233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8240 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8241 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8253 The syntax is similar tho the command
8259 , described in the previous section.
8262 \begin_layout Standard
8263 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8264 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8265 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8266 set a linebreak, e.g.
8267 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8269 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8270 reference "sec:Quote"
8275 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8276 reference "sec:Verse"
8281 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8282 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8289 \begin_layout Subsection
8291 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8299 \begin_layout Standard
8300 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8301 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8302 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8303 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8305 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8311 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8312 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8317 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8318 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8325 \begin_layout Standard
8326 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8327 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8328 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8329 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8330 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8332 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8333 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8338 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8339 In this case, insert one with
8341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8342 Special\InsetSpace ~
8343 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8344 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8354 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8356 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8357 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8362 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8363 name "Spaces ! protected"
8370 \begin_layout Standard
8371 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8373 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8377 Further documentation is given in section
8380 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8381 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8389 \begin_layout Standard
8390 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8403 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8404 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8413 A protected space is set with
8415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8416 Special\InsetSpace ~
8417 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8432 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8434 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8435 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8440 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8441 name "Spaces ! thin"
8448 \begin_layout Standard
8450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8457 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8466 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8467 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8468 inside abbreviations:
8472 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8474 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8475 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8479 \begin_layout Standard
8480 or between values and units.
8481 Compare for example this:
8483 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8489 \begin_layout Standard
8490 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8492 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8493 Special\InsetSpace ~
8494 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8509 \begin_layout Standard
8510 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8511 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8512 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8514 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8515 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8524 Te latter means to type
8528 space-insert <command>
8535 into the command buffer, where
8539 is one of the following:
8543 \begin_layout Standard
8545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8552 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8554 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8555 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8567 \begin_layout Standard
8569 \begin_inset Tabular
8570 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8572 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8575 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8579 \begin_layout Standard
8587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8590 \begin_layout Standard
8598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8601 \begin_layout Standard
8610 <row topline="true">
8611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8614 \begin_layout Standard
8622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8625 \begin_layout Standard
8632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8635 \begin_layout Standard
8642 <row topline="true">
8643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8646 \begin_layout Standard
8654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8657 \begin_layout Standard
8664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8667 \begin_layout Standard
8674 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8678 \begin_layout Standard
8686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8689 \begin_layout Standard
8696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8699 \begin_layout Standard
8706 <row bottomline="true">
8707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8710 \begin_layout Standard
8718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8721 \begin_layout Standard
8728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8731 \begin_layout Standard
8738 <row bottomline="true">
8739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8742 \begin_layout Standard
8750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8753 \begin_layout Standard
8760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8763 \begin_layout Standard
8770 <row bottomline="true">
8771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8774 \begin_layout Standard
8782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8785 \begin_layout Standard
8792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8795 \begin_layout Standard
8802 <row bottomline="true">
8803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8806 \begin_layout Standard
8814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8817 \begin_layout Standard
8824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8834 <row bottomline="true">
8835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8838 \begin_layout Standard
8846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8849 \begin_layout Standard
8856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8859 \begin_layout Standard
8873 \begin_layout Subsection
8875 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8876 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8881 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8882 name "Horizontal lines"
8889 \begin_layout Standard
8894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8895 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8896 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8899 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8905 \begin_layout Section
8906 Fonts and Text Styles
8907 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8908 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8915 \begin_layout Subsection
8917 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8925 \begin_layout Standard
8926 There are two types of fonts:
8929 \begin_layout Description
8932 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8933 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8937 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8938 characters) in the font.
8939 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8940 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8941 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8942 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8943 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8944 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8945 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8946 provide a good image.
8948 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8949 size and scale them.
8950 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8951 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8952 sizes than at small ones.
8970 \begin_layout Description
8973 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8974 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8978 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8979 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8980 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8981 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8982 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8983 picture manipulation program.
8984 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8985 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8986 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8987 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8988 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8990 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8991 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8993 Bitmap fonts are named
8999 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9002 \begin_layout Standard
9003 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9004 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9005 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9006 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9010 \begin_layout Standard
9011 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9012 its document properties.
9015 \begin_layout Standard
9016 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9017 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9018 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9019 font to emphasize text, you use an
9020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9028 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9029 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9033 \begin_layout Subsection
9034 Document Font and Font size
9035 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9036 name "sub:Document-Font"
9041 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9047 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9048 name "Document ! Font"
9055 \begin_layout Standard
9056 You can set the document fonts in the
9058 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9062 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9063 name "Document ! Settings"
9068 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9069 font shapes roman (serif),
9081 \begin_layout Standard
9082 The possible options for the font include
9086 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9091 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9113 European Computer Modern
9116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9126 \begin_layout Standard
9135 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9136 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9140 \begin_layout Standard
9141 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9146 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9152 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9153 There are three ways to use one:
9156 \begin_layout Itemize
9157 One way is to use the
9167 Virtual means that it
9168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9179 -glyphs from other fonts.
9180 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9201 \begin_layout Standard
9202 Loading the LaTeX-package
9205 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9206 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9212 with the document preamble line
9215 \begin_layout Standard
9220 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9224 will fix the guillemet problem.
9229 and that accented characters are not
9233 glyph, they are build of
9237 characters, the accent and the letter.
9238 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9242 fonts for words with accented characters.
9243 If you search for example for the French word
9244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9251 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9260 and not for the glyph
9261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9272 \begin_layout Itemize
9273 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9277 \begin_layout Standard
9286 , consists of these three main font types
9313 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9314 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9321 The differences between roman,
9330 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9332 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9333 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9344 was originally designed for newspapers.
9345 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9346 into the small newspaper columns.
9352 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9355 \begin_layout Itemize
9356 The best solution is to use the
9361 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9368 \begin_layout Standard
9369 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9372 For the font size there are four possible values:
9389 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9392 \begin_layout Standard
9393 The font sizes are the
9398 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9399 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9400 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9406 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9408 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9409 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9416 \begin_layout Standard
9417 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9421 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9424 \begin_layout Standard
9429 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9433 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9434 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9435 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9437 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9440 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9442 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9443 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9455 \begin_layout Subsection
9456 Using Different Character Styles
9457 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9458 name "Character Styles"
9463 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9471 \begin_layout Standard
9472 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9473 certain paragraph environments.
9474 LyX supports two character styles,
9483 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9487 \begin_layout Standard
9492 style, do one of the following:
9495 \begin_layout Itemize
9496 click on the toolbar button
9497 \begin_inset Graphics
9498 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9505 \begin_layout Itemize
9512 \begin_layout Standard
9513 These commands are all toggles.
9518 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9521 \begin_layout Standard
9522 One typically uses the
9526 style for proper names.
9528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9535 is the original author of LyX.
9536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9542 \begin_layout Standard
9543 A more widely used character style is the
9548 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9555 \begin_layout Itemize
9556 clicking on the toolbar button
9557 \begin_inset Graphics
9558 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9565 \begin_layout Itemize
9566 using the keybindings
9572 \begin_layout Standard
9577 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9578 es use a different font.
9581 \begin_layout Standard
9582 We've been using the
9586 style all over the place in this document.
9587 Here's one more example:
9590 \begin_layout Quotation
9593 Don't overuse character styles!
9596 \begin_layout Standard
9597 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9598 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9599 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9600 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9604 \begin_layout Standard
9605 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9612 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9619 \begin_layout Subsection
9620 Fine-Tuning with the
9625 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9626 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9631 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9639 \begin_layout Standard
9640 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9641 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9642 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9643 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9644 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9645 from ordinary dialog.
9648 \begin_layout Standard
9649 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9650 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9652 Documents that overuse
9653 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9654 has knocked huge holes in it.
9657 \begin_layout Standard
9658 To use custom character styles, open the
9660 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9665 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9666 font property which you can choose.
9667 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9672 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9677 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9678 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9679 environments in a snap.
9682 \begin_layout Standard
9683 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9695 \begin_layout Labeling
9696 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9710 The possible options are:
9714 \begin_layout Labeling
9715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9720 This is the Roman font family.
9721 Normally a serif font.
9722 It's also the default family.
9727 \begin_layout Standard
9745 \begin_layout Standard
9753 \begin_inset Note Note
9756 \begin_layout Standard
9757 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9758 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9760 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9761 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9773 \begin_layout Labeling
9774 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9782 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9789 \begin_layout Standard
9807 \begin_layout Standard
9817 \begin_layout Labeling
9818 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9825 This is the Typewriter font family.
9832 \begin_layout Standard
9850 \begin_layout Standard
9863 \begin_layout Labeling
9864 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9869 This corresponds to the print weight.
9874 \begin_layout Labeling
9875 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9880 This is the Medium font series.
9881 It's also the default series.
9884 \begin_layout Labeling
9885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9892 This is the Bold font series.
9899 \begin_layout Standard
9917 \begin_layout Standard
9928 \begin_layout Labeling
9929 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9934 As the name implies.
9939 \begin_layout Labeling
9940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9945 This is the Upright font shape.
9946 It's also the default shape.
9949 \begin_layout Labeling
9950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9964 s the Italic font shape
9970 \begin_layout Labeling
9971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9978 This is the Slanted font shape
9980 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
9983 \begin_layout Labeling
9984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9992 This is the Small caps font shape
9999 \begin_layout Labeling
10000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10005 Alters the size of the font.
10006 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10007 nal to the document font size.
10008 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10009 what you want to do.
10014 \begin_layout Labeling
10015 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10037 \begin_layout Standard
10055 \begin_layout Standard
10066 \begin_layout Standard
10084 \begin_layout Standard
10094 \begin_layout Labeling
10095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10117 \begin_layout Standard
10135 \begin_layout Standard
10145 \begin_layout Labeling
10146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10168 \begin_layout Standard
10186 \begin_layout Standard
10197 \begin_layout Standard
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10225 \begin_layout Labeling
10226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10248 \begin_layout Standard
10266 \begin_layout Standard
10277 \begin_layout Standard
10295 \begin_layout Standard
10305 \begin_layout Labeling
10306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10320 It's also the default size.
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10343 \begin_layout Standard
10354 \begin_layout Standard
10372 \begin_layout Standard
10382 \begin_layout Labeling
10383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10405 \begin_layout Standard
10423 \begin_layout Standard
10434 \begin_layout Standard
10452 \begin_layout Standard
10462 \begin_layout Labeling
10463 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10485 \begin_layout Standard
10503 \begin_layout Standard
10514 \begin_layout Standard
10532 \begin_layout Standard
10542 \begin_layout Labeling
10543 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10565 \begin_layout Standard
10583 \begin_layout Standard
10593 \begin_layout Labeling
10594 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10634 \begin_layout Standard
10645 \begin_layout Standard
10663 \begin_layout Standard
10673 \begin_layout Labeling
10674 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10696 \begin_layout Standard
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10725 \begin_layout Standard
10743 \begin_layout Standard
10754 \begin_layout Standard
10759 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10760 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10761 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10762 - use that instead.
10763 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10766 \begin_layout Labeling
10767 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10772 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10777 \begin_layout Labeling
10778 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10785 This is text with emphasize on
10788 This might seem like the same as
10792 , but it is actually a bit different.
10798 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10800 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10803 \begin_layout Labeling
10804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10811 This is text with Underbar on.
10818 \begin_layout Standard
10836 \begin_layout Standard
10849 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10850 when you couldn't change fonts.
10851 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10852 It's only included in LyX because some people
10856 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10859 \begin_layout Labeling
10860 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10867 This is text with Noun on.
10874 , this is a logical attribute.
10875 Normally it's equivalent to
10884 \begin_layout Labeling
10885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10890 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10891 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10897 , which is the default
10898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10905 and means normally black, you can choose between
10938 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10939 name "Color ! Text"
10946 \begin_layout Labeling
10947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10952 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10953 the language of the document.
10954 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10958 \begin_layout Standard
10959 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10960 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10962 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10966 dialog, the settings are saved.
10967 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10968 \begin_inset Graphics
10969 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
10974 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
10975 when the dialog isn't visible.
10979 \begin_layout Standard
10980 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
10986 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
10987 (suppose you just set the shape to
10988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11005 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11015 \begin_layout Standard
11016 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11033 \begin_layout Itemize
11039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11046 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11069 \begin_layout Standard
11082 \begin_layout Standard
11094 \begin_inset Note Note
11097 \begin_layout Standard
11098 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11100 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11101 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11115 \begin_layout Itemize
11120 fonts use characters with serifs.
11121 These are the small
11122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11129 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11130 The following example will show the difference:
11136 text without serifs
11140 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11141 They are therefore used as default font (named
11148 \begin_layout Itemize
11154 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11155 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11158 \begin_layout Standard
11159 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11160 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11163 \begin_layout Section
11164 Printing and Previewing
11167 \begin_layout Subsection
11171 \begin_layout Standard
11172 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11173 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11174 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11175 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11176 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11178 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11184 \begin_layout Standard
11185 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11186 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11187 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11188 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11189 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11190 This happens in two stages:
11193 \begin_layout Enumerate
11194 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11195 generating a file with the extension,
11196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11210 \begin_layout Enumerate
11211 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11215 file to produce printable output.
11219 \begin_layout Subsection
11220 Output file formats
11221 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11222 name "File formats"
11227 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11228 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11235 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11237 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11238 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11245 \begin_layout Standard
11246 This file type has the extension
11247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11259 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11263 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11270 \begin_layout Standard
11271 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11273 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11274 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11282 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11283 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11290 \begin_layout Standard
11291 This file type has the extension
11292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11303 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11305 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11306 it manually with console commands.
11307 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11308 you view or export your document.
11311 \begin_layout Standard
11312 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11314 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11315 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11320 \begin_layout Standard
11332 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11334 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11335 name "File formats ! DVI"
11342 \begin_layout Standard
11343 This file type has the extension
11344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11364 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11365 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11366 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11368 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11372 \begin_layout Standard
11373 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11376 \begin_layout Standard
11381 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11382 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11387 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11388 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11389 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11390 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11393 \begin_layout Standard
11394 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11396 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11397 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11403 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11405 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11406 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11413 \begin_layout Standard
11414 This file type has the extension
11415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11427 PostScript was developed by the company
11431 as printer language.
11432 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11434 PostScript can be seen as
11435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11438 programming language
11439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11442 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11446 \begin_layout Standard
11447 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11453 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11454 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11463 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11466 \begin_layout Standard
11467 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11471 Encapsulated PostScript
11472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11475 (EPS, file extension
11476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11488 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11489 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11490 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11491 whenever you view or export your document.
11492 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11493 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11494 EPS to avoid this problem.
11497 \begin_layout Standard
11498 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11500 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11501 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11507 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11509 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11510 name "File formats ! PDF"
11515 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11523 \begin_layout Standard
11524 This file type has the extension
11525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11541 Portable Document Format
11542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11545 (PDF) is developed by
11549 as derivative from PostScript.
11550 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11559 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11560 looks exactly the same.
11563 \begin_layout Standard
11564 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11568 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11572 (JPG, file extension
11573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11600 Portable Network Graphics
11601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11604 (PNG, file extension
11605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11617 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11618 in the background to one of these formats.
11619 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11620 will slow down your workflow.
11621 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11624 \begin_layout Standard
11625 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11627 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11630 in three different ways:
11633 \begin_layout Description
11634 PDF This uses the program
11638 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11639 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11643 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11644 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11647 \begin_layout Description
11649 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11653 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11657 \begin_layout Description
11659 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11663 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11666 \begin_layout Standard
11667 We recommend to use
11676 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11682 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11685 \begin_layout Subsection
11687 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11688 name "Document ! Preview "
11695 \begin_layout Standard
11696 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11697 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11701 and choose a file type.
11702 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11705 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11708 you can use the toolbar button
11709 \begin_inset Graphics
11710 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
11720 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11724 you can use the toolbar button
11725 \begin_inset Graphics
11726 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
11733 \begin_layout Standard
11734 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11735 viewer window using the menu
11737 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11743 \begin_layout Standard
11744 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11746 To have a real output, export your document.
11749 \begin_layout Subsection
11750 Printing the File from within LyX
11751 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11752 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11759 \begin_layout Standard
11760 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11761 it directly from within LyX.
11762 To print a file, select the menu
11764 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11767 or click on the toolbar button
11768 \begin_inset Graphics
11769 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
11774 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11775 This file is then processed by the program
11779 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11784 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11787 \begin_layout Standard
11788 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11789 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11790 printing one set to print on the other side.
11791 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11792 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11793 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11796 \begin_layout Standard
11797 You can set the parameters in the
11805 \begin_layout Labeling
11806 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11811 This is the name of the printer to print to.
11815 \begin_layout Standard
11816 Note that this printer name is for the program
11825 has to be configured for this printer name.
11826 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
11828 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11829 reference "sub:Printer"
11838 The printer should understand PostScript.
11841 \begin_layout Labeling
11842 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11847 The name of a file to print to.
11848 The output will be a PostScript file.
11849 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11853 \begin_layout Section
11854 A few Words about Typography
11855 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11863 \begin_layout Subsection
11865 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11871 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11879 \begin_layout Standard
11881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11892 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11907 \begin_layout Enumerate
11913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11927 \begin_layout Enumerate
11933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11942 \begin_layout Standard
11954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11960 \begin_layout Enumerate
11966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11975 \begin_layout Standard
11988 \begin_layout Standard
12000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12006 \begin_layout Enumerate
12010 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12031 You generate them by inserting the
12032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12043 character multiple times in a row.
12044 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12045 final output, but not in LyX.
12048 \begin_layout Standard
12049 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12050 math mode and has a length of its own.
12051 Here are some examples of the
12052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12066 \begin_layout Enumerate
12067 line- and page-breaks
12076 \begin_layout Enumerate
12086 \begin_layout Enumerate
12087 Oh --- there's a dash.
12096 \begin_layout Enumerate
12097 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12109 \begin_layout Subsection
12111 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12117 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12118 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12125 \begin_layout Standard
12126 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12127 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12130 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12131 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12137 following the rules of the document language
12141 \begin_layout Standard
12142 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12149 German\InsetSpace ~
12155 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12166 \begin_layout Standard
12167 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12172 and with unusual constructs, like
12173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12181 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12182 This is done with the menu
12184 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12185 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12186 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12190 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12191 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12194 \begin_layout Standard
12195 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12196 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12197 a hyphen and a space in the form
12198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12206 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12214 as hyphenation possibility.
12215 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12216 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12217 of the LaTeX-box-command
12223 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12224 As LyX doesn't support
12230 , we have to use ERT.
12231 The result looks in LyX like:
12234 \begin_layout Standard
12235 \begin_inset Graphics
12236 filename clipart/mbox.png
12243 \begin_layout Standard
12244 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12246 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12247 reference "sec:ERT"
12254 \begin_layout Subsection
12256 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12257 name "Punctuation marks"
12264 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12265 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12266 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12267 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12274 \begin_layout Standard
12275 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12276 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12277 LaTeX then adds the
12278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12281 appropriate amount of space
12282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12286 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12288 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12291 \begin_layout Standard
12292 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12306 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12307 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12310 \begin_layout Standard
12311 Here are some examples of
12315 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12318 \begin_layout Itemize
12323 \begin_layout Itemize
12328 \begin_layout Standard
12329 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12332 \begin_layout Itemize
12335 this is too much space!
12338 \begin_layout Itemize
12343 \begin_layout Standard
12344 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12347 \begin_layout Standard
12348 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12351 \begin_layout Enumerate
12354 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12357 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12359 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12360 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12366 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12373 \begin_layout Enumerate
12379 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12381 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12382 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12387 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12388 name "Spaces ! thin"
12395 \begin_layout Enumerate
12400 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12405 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12406 Special\InsetSpace ~
12409 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12410 This function is also bound to
12417 \begin_layout Standard
12418 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12421 \begin_layout Itemize
12422 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12423 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12424 this is too much space!
12427 \begin_layout Itemize
12428 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12432 \begin_layout Standard
12433 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12434 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12435 LaTeX will care about this.
12438 \begin_layout Standard
12439 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12442 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12446 feature described in section
12457 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12459 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12460 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12465 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12466 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12471 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12479 \begin_layout Standard
12480 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12481 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12482 and use a closing quote at the end.
12484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12492 The keyboard character,
12496 , generates this automatically.
12499 \begin_layout Standard
12500 You can change the behavior of the
12504 key using the submenu
12510 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12514 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12515 name "Document ! Settings"
12522 \begin_layout Standard
12523 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12528 There are six choices:
12531 \begin_layout Labeling
12532 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12544 Use quotes like this
12545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12553 \begin_inset Quotes els
12557 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12563 \begin_layout Labeling
12564 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12567 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12571 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12577 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12581 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12585 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12591 \begin_layout Labeling
12592 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12595 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12599 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12605 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12609 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12613 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12617 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12623 \begin_layout Labeling
12624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12627 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12631 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12637 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12641 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12645 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12649 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12655 \begin_layout Labeling
12656 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12659 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12663 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12669 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12673 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12677 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12681 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12687 \begin_layout Labeling
12688 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12691 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12695 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12701 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12705 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12709 \begin_inset Quotes als
12713 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12719 \begin_layout Standard
12720 These settings affects what character the
12727 \begin_layout Subsection
12729 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12730 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12735 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12736 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12741 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12742 name "sub:Ligatures"
12749 \begin_layout Standard
12750 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12751 print them as single characters.
12752 These groups are known as
12757 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12759 Here are the standard ligatures:
12762 \begin_layout Itemize
12766 \begin_layout Itemize
12770 \begin_layout Itemize
12774 \begin_layout Itemize
12778 \begin_layout Itemize
12782 \begin_layout Standard
12783 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12786 \begin_layout Standard
12787 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12788 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12796 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12812 To break a ligature, use
12814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12815 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12816 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12832 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12849 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12857 \begin_layout Subsection
12859 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12860 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12865 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12866 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12873 \begin_layout Standard
12874 You have surely noticed, that the word
12875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12882 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12883 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12884 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12892 \begin_layout Standard
12900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12904 \begin_inset Note Note
12907 \begin_layout Standard
12908 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
12909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12916 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
12917 To create proper names omit the ERT.
12922 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12926 \begin_layout Description
12927 LyX The name of the game, write
12928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12935 \begin_layout Standard
12943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12949 \begin_layout Description
12950 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12958 \begin_layout Standard
12966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12972 \begin_layout Description
12973 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
12974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12981 \begin_layout Standard
12989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12995 \begin_layout Description
12996 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
12997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13004 \begin_layout Standard
13012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13018 \begin_layout Standard
13019 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13024 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13032 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13033 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13034 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13037 : The actual version is
13038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13045 , the previous one was
13046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13056 \begin_layout Standard
13057 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13058 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13059 This will look in LyX like:
13060 \begin_inset Graphics
13061 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13067 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13069 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13070 reference "sec:ERT"
13077 \begin_layout Subsection
13079 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13080 name "Typography ! Units"
13087 \begin_layout Standard
13088 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13089 space between two words.
13090 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13100 for units use the menu
13102 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13103 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13114 \begin_layout Standard
13115 Here's an example to show the differences:
13118 \begin_layout Standard
13119 \begin_inset Tabular
13120 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13122 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13123 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13128 \begin_layout Standard
13131 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13142 \begin_layout Standard
13143 space between number and unit
13150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13153 \begin_layout Standard
13154 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13156 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13167 \begin_layout Standard
13168 half space between number and unit
13181 \begin_layout Subsection
13183 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13184 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13189 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13197 \begin_layout Standard
13198 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13200 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13201 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13202 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13203 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13204 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13205 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13216 \begin_layout Standard
13217 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13218 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13219 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13220 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13221 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13222 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13223 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13226 \begin_layout Standard
13227 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13228 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13229 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13231 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13232 key "latexcompanion"
13238 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13243 ] may have more information.
13244 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13247 \begin_layout Chapter
13248 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13249 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13250 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13257 \begin_layout Standard
13258 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13263 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13266 \begin_layout Section
13268 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13274 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13282 \begin_layout Standard
13283 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13286 \begin_layout Description
13288 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13291 \begin_inset Note Note
13294 \begin_layout Standard
13295 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13303 \begin_layout Description
13304 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13305 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13307 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13308 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13309 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13314 \begin_inset Note Comment
13317 \begin_layout Standard
13318 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13326 \begin_layout Description
13327 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13328 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13333 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13336 \begin_layout Standard
13341 \begin_layout Standard
13342 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13343 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13344 How this can be done is explained in the
13353 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13362 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13363 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13366 \begin_layout Description
13367 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13369 \begin_inset Note Framed
13372 \begin_layout Standard
13373 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13378 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13380 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13381 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13385 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13389 \begin_layout Description
13390 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13391 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13394 \begin_layout Standard
13395 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13400 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13401 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13404 \begin_layout Standard
13405 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13406 \begin_inset Graphics
13407 filename ../images/note-insert.png
13409 scaleBeforeRotation
13415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13419 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13422 \begin_layout Section
13424 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13430 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13431 name "sec:Footnotes"
13438 \begin_layout Standard
13439 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13445 or the toolbar button
13446 \begin_inset Graphics
13447 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
13460 \begin_inset Graphics
13461 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13471 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13500 label, the box will
13504 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13505 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13518 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13534 \begin_layout Standard
13535 Here's an example footnote:
13543 \begin_layout Standard
13544 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13552 \begin_layout Standard
13553 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13554 position where the footnote box is placed.
13555 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13556 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13557 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13558 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13559 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13564 ey are described in the
13571 \begin_layout Section
13573 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13574 name "Marginal notes"
13579 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13580 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13587 \begin_layout Standard
13588 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13589 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13592 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13595 or the toolbar button
13596 \begin_inset Graphics
13597 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
13617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13624 appearing within your text.
13625 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13634 \begin_layout Standard
13635 At the side is an example marginal note.
13639 \begin_inset Marginal
13642 \begin_layout Standard
13643 This is a marginal note.
13651 \begin_layout Standard
13652 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13653 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13654 pages, right on odd pages.
13657 \begin_layout Section
13658 Graphics and Images
13659 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13671 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13672 name "sec:Graphics"
13679 \begin_layout Standard
13680 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13681 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13682 \begin_inset Graphics
13683 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
13689 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13693 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13696 \begin_layout Standard
13697 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13702 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13703 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13704 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13706 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13708 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13709 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13716 \begin_layout Standard
13721 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13722 of the image in the output.
13723 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13735 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13738 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13739 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13747 \begin_layout Standard
13748 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13753 You can also set the
13757 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13758 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13760 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13761 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13771 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13772 image size is printed.
13775 \begin_layout Standard
13776 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13777 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13779 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13780 centered paragraph:
13783 \begin_layout Standard
13785 \begin_inset Graphics
13786 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13789 rotateOrigin center
13796 \begin_layout Standard
13797 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13798 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13800 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13801 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13808 \begin_layout Subsection
13810 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13811 name "Image formats"
13816 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13817 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13824 \begin_layout Standard
13825 You can insert images in any known file format.
13826 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13828 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13829 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13833 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13834 LyX uses therefore the program
13838 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13839 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13840 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13842 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13843 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13850 \begin_layout Standard
13851 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13854 \begin_layout Description
13855 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13856 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13857 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13858 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13862 Graphics Interchange Format
13863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13866 (GIF, file extension
13867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13879 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13880 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13888 Portable Network Graphics
13889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13892 (PNG, file extension
13893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13905 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13906 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13914 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13918 (JPG, file extension
13919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13943 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13944 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13951 \begin_layout Description
13952 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13953 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13955 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13956 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13957 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13960 calable image formats can be
13961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13964 Scalable Vector Graphics
13965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13968 (SVG, file extension
13969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13981 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13982 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
13987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13990 Encapsulated PostScript
13991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13994 (EPS, file extension
13995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14007 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14008 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14016 Portable Document Format
14017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14020 (PDF, file extension
14021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14033 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14039 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14040 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14041 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14046 \begin_layout Standard
14047 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14055 \begin_layout Standard
14056 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14060 \begin_layout Section
14062 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14068 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14076 \begin_layout Standard
14077 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14078 \begin_inset Graphics
14079 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14086 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14090 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14091 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14092 from the rest of the table.
14093 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14094 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14096 Here's an example table:
14099 \begin_layout Standard
14101 \begin_inset Tabular
14102 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14107 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14108 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14112 \begin_layout Standard
14118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14121 \begin_layout Standard
14136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14139 \begin_layout Standard
14145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14148 \begin_layout Standard
14155 <row topline="true">
14156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14159 \begin_layout Standard
14174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14177 \begin_layout Standard
14183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14186 \begin_layout Standard
14192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14195 \begin_layout Standard
14202 <row topline="true">
14203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14206 \begin_layout Standard
14221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14224 \begin_layout Standard
14230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14233 \begin_layout Standard
14243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14246 \begin_layout Standard
14253 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14257 \begin_layout Standard
14272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14275 \begin_layout Standard
14281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14284 \begin_layout Standard
14290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14293 \begin_layout Standard
14307 \begin_layout Subsection
14311 \begin_layout Standard
14312 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14313 brings up the table dialog.
14314 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14315 where the cursor is placed currently.
14316 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14317 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14318 done on all of your selection.
14321 \begin_layout Standard
14322 Additionally to the table dialog the
14327 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14329 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14330 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14331 delete lines via the table
14335 \begin_layout Standard
14341 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14342 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14343 current cell respectively.
14344 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14346 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14347 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14349 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14350 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14357 \begin_layout Standard
14358 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14364 This will merge the cells to
14368 cell, spread over more than one column.
14369 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14370 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14371 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14372 in the last row without the upper border:
14375 \begin_layout Standard
14377 \begin_inset Tabular
14378 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14379 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14380 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14381 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14382 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14383 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14384 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14388 \begin_layout Standard
14394 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14397 \begin_layout Standard
14403 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14406 \begin_layout Standard
14412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14415 \begin_layout Standard
14422 <row topline="true">
14423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14426 \begin_layout Standard
14441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14444 \begin_layout Standard
14450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14453 \begin_layout Standard
14459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14462 \begin_layout Standard
14469 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14473 \begin_layout Standard
14479 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14482 \begin_layout Standard
14488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14491 \begin_layout Standard
14497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14500 \begin_layout Standard
14514 \begin_layout Standard
14515 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14516 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14517 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14518 explained in the tables section of the
14520 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14524 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14525 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14528 degrees counterclockwise.
14529 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14532 \begin_layout Standard
14533 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14536 \begin_layout Standard
14541 Most DVI-viewers are
14545 able to display rotations.
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14558 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14563 adds lines for all cell borders.
14566 \begin_layout Subsection
14568 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14569 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14574 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14582 \begin_layout Standard
14583 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14593 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14594 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14597 \begin_layout Description
14602 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14603 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14604 except for the first page, if
14612 \begin_layout Description
14618 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14619 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14622 \begin_layout Description
14627 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14628 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14629 except for the last page, if
14637 \begin_layout Description
14643 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14644 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14647 \begin_layout Standard
14648 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14649 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14650 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14651 The others will then be defined as
14656 In this context, first means first in this order:
14658 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14671 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14674 \begin_layout Standard
14676 \begin_inset Tabular
14677 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14678 <features islongtable="true">
14679 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14680 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14681 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14682 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14683 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14686 \begin_layout Standard
14689 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14694 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14697 \begin_layout Standard
14703 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14706 \begin_layout Standard
14713 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14714 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14717 \begin_layout Standard
14725 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14728 \begin_layout Standard
14734 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14737 \begin_layout Standard
14746 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14747 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14750 \begin_layout Standard
14758 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14761 \begin_layout Standard
14767 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14770 \begin_layout Standard
14777 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14778 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14781 \begin_layout Standard
14789 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14792 \begin_layout Standard
14798 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14801 \begin_layout Standard
14810 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14811 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14814 \begin_layout Standard
14822 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14825 \begin_layout Standard
14831 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14834 \begin_layout Standard
14841 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14845 \begin_layout Standard
14853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14856 \begin_layout Standard
14862 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14865 \begin_layout Standard
14872 <row bottomline="true">
14873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14876 \begin_layout Standard
14884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14887 \begin_layout Standard
14893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14896 \begin_layout Standard
14903 <row bottomline="true">
14904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14907 \begin_layout Standard
14915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14918 \begin_layout Standard
14924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14927 \begin_layout Standard
14934 <row bottomline="true">
14935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14938 \begin_layout Standard
14946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14949 \begin_layout Standard
14955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14958 \begin_layout Standard
14965 <row bottomline="true">
14966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14969 \begin_layout Standard
14977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14980 \begin_layout Standard
14986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14989 \begin_layout Standard
14996 <row bottomline="true">
14997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15000 \begin_layout Standard
15008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15011 \begin_layout Standard
15017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15020 \begin_layout Standard
15027 <row bottomline="true">
15028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15031 \begin_layout Standard
15039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15042 \begin_layout Standard
15048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15051 \begin_layout Standard
15058 <row bottomline="true">
15059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15062 \begin_layout Standard
15070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15073 \begin_layout Standard
15079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15082 \begin_layout Standard
15089 <row bottomline="true">
15090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15093 \begin_layout Standard
15101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15104 \begin_layout Standard
15110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15113 \begin_layout Standard
15120 <row bottomline="true">
15121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15124 \begin_layout Standard
15132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15135 \begin_layout Standard
15141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15144 \begin_layout Standard
15151 <row bottomline="true">
15152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15155 \begin_layout Standard
15163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15166 \begin_layout Standard
15172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15182 <row bottomline="true">
15183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15186 \begin_layout Standard
15194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15197 \begin_layout Standard
15203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15206 \begin_layout Standard
15213 <row bottomline="true">
15214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15217 \begin_layout Standard
15225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15228 \begin_layout Standard
15234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15237 \begin_layout Standard
15244 <row bottomline="true">
15245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15248 \begin_layout Standard
15256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15259 \begin_layout Standard
15265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15268 \begin_layout Standard
15275 <row bottomline="true">
15276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15279 \begin_layout Standard
15287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15290 \begin_layout Standard
15296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15299 \begin_layout Standard
15306 <row bottomline="true">
15307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15310 \begin_layout Standard
15318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15321 \begin_layout Standard
15327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15330 \begin_layout Standard
15337 <row bottomline="true">
15338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15341 \begin_layout Standard
15349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15352 \begin_layout Standard
15358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15361 \begin_layout Standard
15368 <row bottomline="true">
15369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15372 \begin_layout Standard
15380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15383 \begin_layout Standard
15389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15392 \begin_layout Standard
15399 <row bottomline="true">
15400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15403 \begin_layout Standard
15411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15414 \begin_layout Standard
15420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15423 \begin_layout Standard
15430 <row bottomline="true">
15431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15434 \begin_layout Standard
15442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15445 \begin_layout Standard
15451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15454 \begin_layout Standard
15461 <row bottomline="true">
15462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15465 \begin_layout Standard
15473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15476 \begin_layout Standard
15482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15485 \begin_layout Standard
15492 <row bottomline="true">
15493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15496 \begin_layout Standard
15504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15516 \begin_layout Standard
15523 <row bottomline="true">
15524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15527 \begin_layout Standard
15535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15538 \begin_layout Standard
15544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15547 \begin_layout Standard
15554 <row bottomline="true">
15555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15558 \begin_layout Standard
15566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15569 \begin_layout Standard
15575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15578 \begin_layout Standard
15585 <row bottomline="true">
15586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15589 \begin_layout Standard
15597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15600 \begin_layout Standard
15606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15609 \begin_layout Standard
15616 <row bottomline="true">
15617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15620 \begin_layout Standard
15628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15631 \begin_layout Standard
15637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15640 \begin_layout Standard
15647 <row bottomline="true">
15648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15651 \begin_layout Standard
15659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15662 \begin_layout Standard
15668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15671 \begin_layout Standard
15678 <row bottomline="true">
15679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15682 \begin_layout Standard
15690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15693 \begin_layout Standard
15699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15702 \begin_layout Standard
15709 <row bottomline="true">
15710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15713 \begin_layout Standard
15721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15724 \begin_layout Standard
15730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15733 \begin_layout Standard
15740 <row bottomline="true">
15741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15744 \begin_layout Standard
15752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15755 \begin_layout Standard
15761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15764 \begin_layout Standard
15771 <row bottomline="true">
15772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15775 \begin_layout Standard
15783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15786 \begin_layout Standard
15792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15795 \begin_layout Standard
15802 <row bottomline="true">
15803 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15806 \begin_layout Standard
15812 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15815 \begin_layout Standard
15821 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15824 \begin_layout Standard
15831 <row bottomline="true">
15832 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15835 \begin_layout Standard
15843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15846 \begin_layout Standard
15852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15855 \begin_layout Standard
15862 <row bottomline="true">
15863 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15866 \begin_layout Standard
15874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15877 \begin_layout Standard
15883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15886 \begin_layout Standard
15893 <row bottomline="true">
15894 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15897 \begin_layout Standard
15905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15908 \begin_layout Standard
15914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15917 \begin_layout Standard
15924 <row bottomline="true">
15925 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15928 \begin_layout Standard
15936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15939 \begin_layout Standard
15945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15948 \begin_layout Standard
15955 <row bottomline="true">
15956 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15959 \begin_layout Standard
15967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15970 \begin_layout Standard
15976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15979 \begin_layout Standard
15986 <row bottomline="true">
15987 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15990 \begin_layout Standard
15998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16001 \begin_layout Standard
16007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16010 \begin_layout Standard
16017 <row bottomline="true">
16018 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16021 \begin_layout Standard
16029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16032 \begin_layout Standard
16038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16041 \begin_layout Standard
16048 <row bottomline="true">
16049 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16052 \begin_layout Standard
16060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16063 \begin_layout Standard
16069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16072 \begin_layout Standard
16079 <row bottomline="true">
16080 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16083 \begin_layout Standard
16091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16094 \begin_layout Standard
16100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16103 \begin_layout Standard
16110 <row bottomline="true">
16111 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16114 \begin_layout Standard
16122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16125 \begin_layout Standard
16131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16134 \begin_layout Standard
16141 <row bottomline="true">
16142 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16145 \begin_layout Standard
16153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16156 \begin_layout Standard
16162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16165 \begin_layout Standard
16172 <row bottomline="true">
16173 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16176 \begin_layout Standard
16184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16187 \begin_layout Standard
16193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16196 \begin_layout Standard
16203 <row bottomline="true">
16204 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16207 \begin_layout Standard
16215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16218 \begin_layout Standard
16224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16227 \begin_layout Standard
16234 <row bottomline="true">
16235 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16238 \begin_layout Standard
16246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16249 \begin_layout Standard
16255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16258 \begin_layout Standard
16265 <row bottomline="true">
16266 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16269 \begin_layout Standard
16277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16280 \begin_layout Standard
16286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16289 \begin_layout Standard
16296 <row bottomline="true">
16297 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16300 \begin_layout Standard
16308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16311 \begin_layout Standard
16317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Standard
16327 <row bottomline="true">
16328 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16331 \begin_layout Standard
16339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16342 \begin_layout Standard
16348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16351 \begin_layout Standard
16358 <row bottomline="true">
16359 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16362 \begin_layout Standard
16370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16373 \begin_layout Standard
16379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16382 \begin_layout Standard
16389 <row bottomline="true">
16390 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout Standard
16401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16404 \begin_layout Standard
16410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16413 \begin_layout Standard
16420 <row bottomline="true">
16421 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16424 \begin_layout Standard
16432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Standard
16441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16444 \begin_layout Standard
16451 <row bottomline="true">
16452 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16455 \begin_layout Standard
16463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16466 \begin_layout Standard
16472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16475 \begin_layout Standard
16482 <row bottomline="true">
16483 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16486 \begin_layout Standard
16494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16497 \begin_layout Standard
16503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16506 \begin_layout Standard
16513 <row bottomline="true">
16514 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16517 \begin_layout Standard
16525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16528 \begin_layout Standard
16534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16537 \begin_layout Standard
16544 <row bottomline="true">
16545 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16548 \begin_layout Standard
16556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16559 \begin_layout Standard
16565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16568 \begin_layout Standard
16575 <row bottomline="true">
16576 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16579 \begin_layout Standard
16587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16590 \begin_layout Standard
16596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16599 \begin_layout Standard
16606 <row bottomline="true">
16607 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16610 \begin_layout Standard
16618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16621 \begin_layout Standard
16627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16630 \begin_layout Standard
16637 <row bottomline="true">
16638 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16641 \begin_layout Standard
16649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16652 \begin_layout Standard
16658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16661 \begin_layout Standard
16668 <row bottomline="true">
16669 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16672 \begin_layout Standard
16680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16683 \begin_layout Standard
16689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16692 \begin_layout Standard
16699 <row bottomline="true">
16700 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout Standard
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Standard
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Standard
16730 <row bottomline="true">
16731 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Standard
16742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Standard
16751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16754 \begin_layout Standard
16761 <row bottomline="true">
16762 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16765 \begin_layout Standard
16773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16776 \begin_layout Standard
16782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16785 \begin_layout Standard
16792 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16793 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16796 \begin_layout Standard
16804 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16813 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16816 \begin_layout Standard
16830 \begin_layout Subsection
16832 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16833 name "Tables ! Cells"
16838 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16839 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16846 \begin_layout Standard
16847 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16848 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16849 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16850 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16854 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16855 for the cell's paragraph.
16858 \begin_layout Standard
16859 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16860 for the column in the table dialog.
16861 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16862 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16866 \begin_layout Standard
16868 \begin_inset Tabular
16869 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16871 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16872 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16874 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16878 \begin_layout Standard
16893 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16896 \begin_layout Standard
16911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16914 \begin_layout Standard
16931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16934 \begin_layout Standard
16949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16952 \begin_layout Standard
16962 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Standard
16986 <row bottomline="true">
16987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Standard
17005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17008 \begin_layout Standard
17018 This is longer now.
17023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17026 \begin_layout Standard
17042 <row bottomline="true">
17043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17046 \begin_layout Standard
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Standard
17074 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17075 This is longer now.
17080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17083 \begin_layout Standard
17106 \begin_layout Standard
17107 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17108 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17109 Selection with the mouse or with
17113 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17114 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17115 the selection from outside the table.
17118 \begin_layout Section
17120 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17126 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17134 \begin_layout Standard
17135 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17136 have a fixed location.
17138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17145 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17152 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17155 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17156 too much notes at the page.
17159 \begin_layout Standard
17160 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17161 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17162 and pages without text.
17163 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17164 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17165 Floats are therefore numbered.
17166 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17168 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17169 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17176 \begin_layout Standard
17177 To insert a float, use the menu
17179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17183 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17189 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17194 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17195 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17197 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17198 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17199 name "Floats ! Captions"
17203 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17204 paragraph within the float.
17205 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17206 by left-clicking on the box label.
17207 A closed float box looks like this:
17208 \begin_inset Graphics
17209 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17214 -- a gray button with a red label.
17217 \begin_layout Standard
17218 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17219 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17222 \begin_layout Subsection
17226 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17228 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17229 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17234 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17235 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17242 \begin_layout Standard
17245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17246 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17249 inserts a float with the label
17250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17255 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17263 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17264 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17265 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17267 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17268 reference "cap:Platypus"
17273 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17274 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17275 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17277 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17278 reference "cap:Escher"
17285 \begin_layout Standard
17286 \begin_inset Float figure
17291 \begin_layout Standard
17293 \begin_inset Graphics
17294 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17297 rotateOrigin center
17304 \begin_layout Standard
17305 \begin_inset Caption
17307 \begin_layout Standard
17308 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17309 name "cap:Platypus"
17313 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17326 \begin_layout Standard
17327 \begin_inset Float figure
17332 \begin_layout Standard
17333 \begin_inset Caption
17335 \begin_layout Standard
17336 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17350 \begin_layout Standard
17352 \begin_inset Graphics
17353 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17356 rotateOrigin center
17368 \begin_layout Standard
17369 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17371 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17373 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17374 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17378 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17380 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17383 and refer to it using the menu
17385 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17389 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17398 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17410 \begin_layout Standard
17411 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17412 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17413 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17419 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17423 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17424 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17426 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17427 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17431 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17432 You can also set the images one below the other.
17435 \begin_layout Standard
17436 \begin_inset Float figure
17441 \begin_layout Standard
17445 \begin_inset Graphics
17446 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17449 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17456 \begin_inset Graphics
17457 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17461 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17470 \begin_layout Standard
17471 \begin_inset Caption
17473 \begin_layout Standard
17474 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17475 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17479 Two distorted images.
17492 \begin_layout Standard
17493 Note that the caption is added to the
17499 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17501 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17502 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17509 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17511 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17512 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17517 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17518 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17525 \begin_layout Standard
17526 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17529 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17533 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17537 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17538 reference "cap:Table-float"
17542 is an example of a table float.
17545 \begin_layout Standard
17546 \begin_inset Float table
17551 \begin_layout Standard
17552 \begin_inset Caption
17554 \begin_layout Standard
17555 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17556 name "cap:Table-float"
17568 \begin_layout Standard
17570 \begin_inset Tabular
17571 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17576 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17580 \begin_layout Standard
17595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Standard
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Standard
17632 <row topline="true">
17633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Standard
17651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17654 \begin_layout Standard
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Standard
17688 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Standard
17702 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17713 \begin_layout Standard
17723 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17725 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17736 \begin_layout Standard
17746 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17767 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17769 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17770 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17777 \begin_layout Standard
17778 This float type is inserted with the menu
17780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17781 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17785 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17786 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17790 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17792 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17793 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17800 \begin_layout Standard
17801 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17804 \begin_layout Standard
17809 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17815 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17818 \begin_layout Standard
17823 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17827 \begin_layout Standard
17828 to the document preamble (menu
17830 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17854 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17856 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17857 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17862 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17863 name "sec:floatflt"
17870 \begin_layout Standard
17871 This float type is used if you want to
17872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17879 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17881 It can be inserted using the menu
17882 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17887 \begin_layout Standard
17888 \begin_inset Graphics
17889 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17892 rotateOrigin center
17899 \begin_layout Standard
17900 \begin_inset Caption
17902 \begin_layout Standard
17903 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17904 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17908 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17910 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17925 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17926 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17931 if the LaTeX-package
17936 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17937 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17945 \begin_layout Standard
17946 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17956 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17958 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17960 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17961 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17965 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17966 wrap float with a width of 40
17967 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17974 \begin_layout Standard
17975 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
17977 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17978 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17987 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
17991 \begin_layout Standard
17996 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
17997 If you need this, read the documentation of
18002 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18010 \begin_layout Standard
18011 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18014 \begin_layout Standard
18020 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18021 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18022 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18023 over some other text.
18027 \begin_layout Standard
18028 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18033 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18034 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18042 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18055 \begin_layout Itemize
18056 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18057 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18058 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18059 breaks will appear.
18062 \begin_layout Itemize
18063 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18064 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18067 \begin_layout Itemize
18068 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18069 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18072 \begin_layout Itemize
18073 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18076 \begin_layout Subsection
18078 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18079 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18084 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18085 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18092 \begin_layout Standard
18093 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18094 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18097 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18103 \begin_layout Standard
18104 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18105 a two-column document).
18106 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18107 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18114 \begin_layout Standard
18115 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18116 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18118 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18119 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18123 is an example of a rotated table float.
18126 \begin_layout Standard
18127 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18130 \begin_layout Standard
18135 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18143 \begin_layout Standard
18144 \begin_inset Float table
18149 \begin_layout Standard
18150 \begin_inset Caption
18152 \begin_layout Standard
18153 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18154 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18166 \begin_layout Standard
18168 \begin_inset Tabular
18169 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18171 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18172 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18173 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18174 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18175 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18176 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18180 \begin_layout Standard
18186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Standard
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Standard
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Standard
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Standard
18235 \begin_layout Subsection
18237 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18238 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18243 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18244 name "Floats ! Placement"
18251 \begin_layout Standard
18252 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18253 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18260 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18261 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18266 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18269 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18271 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18272 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18279 \begin_layout Standard
18280 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18281 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18284 default\InsetSpace ~
18290 \begin_layout Description
18293 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18296 \begin_layout Description
18299 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18302 \begin_layout Description
18303 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18305 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18308 \begin_layout Description
18311 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18314 \begin_layout Standard
18315 The order of the above option is
18320 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18333 , and then the others.
18334 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18336 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18337 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18340 \begin_layout Standard
18341 By default, each options has its own rules:
18344 \begin_layout Standard
18351 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18352 % of the page can be placed at the top
18356 \begin_layout Standard
18359 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18363 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18364 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18368 \begin_layout Standard
18375 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18376 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18377 can be set together on a page.
18380 \begin_layout Standard
18381 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18384 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18391 \begin_layout Standard
18392 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18393 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18394 For this case you can use the option
18400 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18402 Because the float is then no longer able to
18403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18410 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18413 \begin_layout Standard
18414 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18415 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18418 \begin_layout Standard
18419 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18421 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18422 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18429 \begin_layout Section
18431 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18437 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18438 name "sec:Minipages"
18445 \begin_layout Standard
18446 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18448 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18453 \begin_layout Standard
18454 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18460 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18461 and its alignment within the page.
18464 \begin_layout Standard
18466 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18475 height_special "totalheight"
18478 \begin_layout Standard
18481 This is a minipage.
18482 The text is set in an italic style.
18485 \begin_layout Standard
18488 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18489 another formatting.
18497 \begin_layout Standard
18498 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18501 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18505 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18507 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18508 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18513 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18519 \begin_layout Standard
18520 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18529 height_special "totalheight"
18532 \begin_layout Standard
18533 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18534 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18542 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18551 height_special "totalheight"
18554 \begin_layout Standard
18555 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18556 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18564 \begin_layout Standard
18565 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18571 \begin_layout Standard
18572 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18573 to other box types.
18574 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18585 \begin_layout Chapter
18586 Mathematical Formulas
18587 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18593 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18594 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18599 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18600 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18607 \begin_layout Section
18609 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18610 name "Math ! Basics"
18617 \begin_layout Standard
18618 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18619 \begin_inset Graphics
18620 filename ../images/math-mode.png
18625 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18627 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18628 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18629 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18637 \begin_layout Standard
18638 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18644 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18647 \begin_layout Standard
18648 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18649 line, like this one:
18652 \begin_layout Standard
18653 This is a line with an inline formula
18654 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18660 \begin_layout Standard
18661 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18663 \begin_inset Formula \[
18668 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18671 \begin_layout Standard
18672 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18688 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18689 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18693 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18701 \begin_layout Subsection
18702 Navigating in Formulas
18703 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18704 name "Math ! Navigating"
18711 \begin_layout Standard
18712 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18713 achieved with the arrow keys.
18714 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18715 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18720 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18721 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18725 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18729 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18731 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18739 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18744 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18745 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18748 \begin_layout Standard
18753 , printed in this document as
18754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18761 \begin_layout Standard
18771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18775 \begin_inset Note Note
18778 \begin_layout Standard
18779 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18780 space character (visible space).
18785 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18786 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18787 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18792 For example, if you want
18793 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18804 \begin_layout Standard
18823 \begin_layout Standard
18836 \begin_layout Standard
18847 , since in the latter case only the
18850 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18855 will be under the square root sign:
18856 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18862 \begin_layout Standard
18863 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18865 \begin_inset Formula \[
18866 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18869 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18873 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18874 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18877 \begin_layout Subsection
18881 \begin_layout Standard
18882 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18883 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18887 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18888 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18889 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18890 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18891 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18894 \begin_layout Subsection
18895 Exponents and Subscripts
18896 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18897 name "Math ! Exponents"
18902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18903 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18910 \begin_layout Standard
18911 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18912 way is to use a command.
18914 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18917 , type in a formula
18923 \begin_layout Standard
18939 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18945 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18949 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18958 \begin_layout Standard
18970 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
18972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18979 , you have to use an extra
18983 to separate the hat and the character.
18986 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
18995 \begin_layout Standard
19007 Subscripts are similar: To get
19008 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19017 \begin_layout Standard
19031 \begin_layout Subsection
19033 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19034 name "Math ! Fractions"
19041 \begin_layout Standard
19042 Create a fraction with either the command
19049 \begin_inset Graphics
19050 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19061 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19062 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19063 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19068 To move back up, press
19073 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19074 \begin_inset Formula \[
19075 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19077 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19084 \begin_layout Subsection
19086 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19087 name "Math ! Roots"
19094 \begin_layout Standard
19095 Roots can be created using the
19101 \begin_inset Graphics
19102 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19125 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19131 produces always a square root.
19134 \begin_layout Subsection
19135 Operators with Limits
19136 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19142 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19143 name "Math ! Integrals"
19148 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19149 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19156 \begin_layout Standard
19158 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19162 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19165 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19166 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19167 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19168 The sum operator will automatically place its
19169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19176 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19179 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19183 \begin_inset Formula \[
19184 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19188 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19192 \begin_layout Standard
19193 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19195 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19196 behind the operator and hitting
19202 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19203 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19204 Change\InsetSpace ~
19205 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19211 \begin_layout Standard
19212 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19220 feature as addition, such as
19221 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19222 name "Math ! Limits"
19227 \begin_inset Formula \[
19228 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19232 which will place the
19233 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19245 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19246 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19252 \begin_layout Standard
19253 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19260 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19262 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19263 reference "sub:Functions"
19267 for an explanation of function macros.
19270 \begin_layout Subsection
19272 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19273 name "Math ! Symbols"
19280 \begin_layout Standard
19281 Most math symbols can be found in the
19286 under one of several categories; including
19303 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19307 \begin_layout Standard
19308 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19309 you don't have to use the
19314 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19315 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19318 \begin_layout Subsection
19320 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19321 name "Math ! Spaces"
19326 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19327 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19334 \begin_layout Standard
19335 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19347 \begin_inset Graphics
19348 filename ../images/math/space.png
19353 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19354 Here a example for the sequence
19359 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19363 \begin_inset Graphics
19364 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19369 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19370 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19371 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19372 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19377 \begin_layout Standard
19387 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19393 \begin_layout Standard
19403 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19409 \begin_layout Subsection
19411 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19412 name "Math ! Functions"
19417 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19418 name "sub:Functions"
19425 \begin_layout Standard
19431 contains under the button
19432 \begin_inset Graphics
19433 filename ../images/math/functions.png
19437 a number of functions, such as
19438 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19442 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19450 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19457 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19458 avoid confusions, because
19459 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19463 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19469 \begin_layout Standard
19470 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19472 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19476 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19482 \begin_layout Standard
19483 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19484 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19486 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19487 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19494 \begin_layout Subsection
19496 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19497 name "Math ! Accents"
19504 \begin_layout Standard
19505 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19507 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19508 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19510 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19513 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19514 Our example is entered by typing
19522 \begin_layout Standard
19536 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19537 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19541 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19544 \begin_layout Standard
19545 \begin_inset Float table
19550 \begin_layout Standard
19551 \begin_inset Caption
19553 \begin_layout Standard
19554 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19555 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19559 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19567 \begin_layout Standard
19569 \begin_inset Tabular
19570 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19572 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19575 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19579 \begin_layout Standard
19585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19588 \begin_layout Standard
19594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19597 \begin_layout Standard
19613 <row topline="true">
19614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19617 \begin_layout Standard
19632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19635 \begin_layout Standard
19645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19648 \begin_layout Standard
19658 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19667 <row topline="true">
19668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19671 \begin_layout Standard
19686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19689 \begin_layout Standard
19699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19702 \begin_layout Standard
19712 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19721 <row topline="true">
19722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19725 \begin_layout Standard
19740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19743 \begin_layout Standard
19753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Standard
19766 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19775 <row topline="true">
19776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19779 \begin_layout Standard
19794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19797 \begin_layout Standard
19807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19810 \begin_layout Standard
19820 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19829 <row topline="true">
19830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19833 \begin_layout Standard
19848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19851 \begin_layout Standard
19861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19864 \begin_layout Standard
19874 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19883 <row topline="true">
19884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19887 \begin_layout Standard
19902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19905 \begin_layout Standard
19915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19918 \begin_layout Standard
19928 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19937 <row topline="true">
19938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19941 \begin_layout Standard
19956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19959 \begin_layout Standard
19969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19972 \begin_layout Standard
19982 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19991 <row topline="true">
19992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19995 \begin_layout Standard
20010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20013 \begin_layout Standard
20023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20026 \begin_layout Standard
20036 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20045 <row topline="true">
20046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20049 \begin_layout Standard
20064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20067 \begin_layout Standard
20077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20080 \begin_layout Standard
20090 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20099 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20103 \begin_layout Standard
20109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20112 \begin_layout Standard
20122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20125 \begin_layout Standard
20135 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20156 \begin_layout Standard
20157 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20163 \begin_inset Graphics
20164 filename ../images/math/hat.png
20168 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
20172 \begin_layout Section
20173 Brackets and Delimiters
20174 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20175 name "Math ! Brackets"
20180 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20181 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20186 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20187 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20194 \begin_layout Standard
20195 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20196 For most purposes, using just the keys
20201 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20202 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20208 \begin_inset Graphics
20209 filename ../images/math/delim.png
20214 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20216 \begin_inset Formula \[
20217 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20219 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20223 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20224 \begin_inset Formula \[
20225 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20232 \begin_layout Standard
20233 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20234 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20237 \begin_layout Standard
20238 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20239 left side and right side.
20240 If you use the option
20245 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20246 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20247 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20248 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20251 \begin_layout Standard
20252 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20253 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20254 inside the brackets.
20255 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20260 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20263 \begin_layout Standard
20264 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20275 \begin_layout Section
20277 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20278 name "Math ! Grouping"
20283 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20284 name "sec:Grouping"
20291 \begin_layout Standard
20292 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20293 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20304 \begin_layout Standard
20305 \begin_inset Formula \[
20306 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20313 \begin_layout Standard
20314 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20329 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20330 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20331 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20334 \begin_layout Section
20335 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20336 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20337 name "Math ! Arrays"
20342 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20343 name "Math ! Matrices"
20348 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20349 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20356 \begin_layout Standard
20357 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20363 \begin_inset Graphics
20364 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
20369 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20370 Here is an example:
20371 \begin_inset Formula \[
20372 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20375 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20379 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20381 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20382 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20387 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20388 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20389 This alignment is set in the box
20394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20442 for every column as default.
20443 For example, the sequence
20444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20455 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20456 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20457 corresponds to the relevant column.
20458 The result will look like this:
20459 \begin_inset Formula \[
20461 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20462 column & has & has\, right\\
20463 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20470 \begin_layout Standard
20471 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20475 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20476 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20484 \begin_layout Standard
20485 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20486 It can be created with the menu
20488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20489 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20501 \begin_inset Formula \[
20505 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20512 \begin_layout Standard
20513 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20516 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20524 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20533 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20541 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20542 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20543 A new row is created by every further hit of
20551 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20552 Here is an example:
20553 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20554 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20555 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20559 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20560 where you want to start the shift and hit
20565 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20566 position to the next column.
20567 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20568 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20569 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20570 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20577 \begin_layout Standard
20578 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20585 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20586 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20587 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20588 reference "eq:asquared"
20593 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20595 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20596 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20603 \begin_layout Section
20604 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20605 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20606 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20611 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20612 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20617 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20618 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20625 \begin_layout Standard
20626 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20628 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20629 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20630 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20639 The formula number appears in LyX as
20640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20647 within parentheses.
20649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20656 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20658 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20659 the document class.
20660 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20661 separated by a dot:
20662 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20663 1+1=2\end{equation}
20672 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20673 You can only number displayed formulas.
20676 \begin_layout Standard
20677 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20679 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20680 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20681 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20682 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20691 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20692 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20694 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20695 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20699 To number all lines use the shortcut
20707 \begin_layout Standard
20708 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20711 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20712 A label is inserted with the menu
20714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20717 when the cursor is in the formula.
20718 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20719 It is recommended to use the proposed
20720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20731 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20732 type when you have many labels in your document.
20733 We inserted in the following example the label
20734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20741 in the second line:
20742 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20743 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20744 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20748 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20749 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20759 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20766 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20767 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20768 as the formula number:
20771 \begin_layout Standard
20772 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20773 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20774 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20781 \begin_layout Standard
20782 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20784 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20785 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20790 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20796 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20800 \begin_layout Standard
20801 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20809 \begin_layout Section
20810 User defined math macros
20811 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20812 name "Math ! Macros"
20817 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20818 name "sec:math-macros"
20825 \begin_layout Standard
20826 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20827 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20828 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20831 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20832 \begin_inset Formula \[
20833 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20837 The general form of its solution is:
20838 \begin_inset Formula \[
20839 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20846 \begin_layout Standard
20847 The macro should print the parameters
20848 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20852 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20856 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20859 like in the equation above.
20862 \begin_layout Standard
20863 A macro is created by executing the command
20866 \begin_layout Standard
20873 \begin_layout Standard
20886 \begin_layout Standard
20895 Number\InsetSpace ~
20900 \begin_layout Standard
20901 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20902 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20903 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20904 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20908 \begin_layout Standard
20909 We have three arguments and name the macro
20910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20917 , so that the command is:
20920 \begin_layout Standard
20927 \begin_layout Standard
20940 \begin_layout Standard
20952 \begin_layout Standard
20953 This results in the following macro definition box:
20954 \begin_inset Graphics
20955 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20960 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20961 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20962 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20966 \begin_inset Note Note
20969 \begin_layout Standard
20970 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
20971 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
20979 \begin_layout Standard
20980 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
20981 the math panel or commands.
20982 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
20983 followed by the argument number, e.g.
20985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20994 for the first argument.
20995 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
20996 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
20997 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
20998 in LyX with its full size.
20999 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21000 In our example we insert the sequence
21030 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21033 \begin_layout Standard
21034 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21049 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21052 \begin_layout Standard
21054 \begin_inset Graphics
21055 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21062 \begin_layout Standard
21063 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21064 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21065 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21066 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21067 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21070 \begin_layout Standard
21071 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21072 to the new definition.
21073 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21074 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21078 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21082 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21086 \begin_inset Formula \[
21087 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21094 \begin_layout Standard
21095 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21099 \begin_layout Standard
21118 \begin_layout Standard
21133 \begin_layout Standard
21144 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21147 \begin_layout Standard
21148 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21149 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21150 definition box in your document.
21151 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21153 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21155 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21160 \begin_layout Section
21164 \begin_layout Subsection
21166 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21167 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21174 \begin_layout Standard
21175 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21176 To set a font in a formula, use the
21182 \begin_inset Graphics
21183 filename ../images/math/font.png
21187 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21189 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21190 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21197 \begin_layout Standard
21198 \begin_inset Float table
21203 \begin_layout Standard
21204 \begin_inset Caption
21206 \begin_layout Standard
21207 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21208 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21212 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21220 \begin_layout Standard
21222 \begin_inset Tabular
21223 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21225 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21226 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21227 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21231 \begin_layout Standard
21237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21240 \begin_layout Standard
21247 <row topline="true">
21248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21251 \begin_layout Standard
21258 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21269 \begin_layout Standard
21280 <row topline="true">
21281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21284 \begin_layout Standard
21285 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21296 \begin_layout Standard
21307 <row topline="true">
21308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21311 \begin_layout Standard
21312 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21323 \begin_layout Standard
21334 <row topline="true">
21335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21338 \begin_layout Standard
21345 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21356 \begin_layout Standard
21367 <row topline="true">
21368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21371 \begin_layout Standard
21372 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21383 \begin_layout Standard
21394 <row topline="true">
21395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21398 \begin_layout Standard
21399 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21410 \begin_layout Standard
21421 <row topline="true">
21422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21425 \begin_layout Standard
21433 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21444 \begin_layout Standard
21455 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21459 \begin_layout Standard
21460 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21471 \begin_layout Standard
21494 \begin_layout Standard
21495 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21498 \begin_layout Standard
21503 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21519 \begin_layout Standard
21520 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21521 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21526 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21527 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21528 Here an example where a
21529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21540 denotes the set of numbers:
21541 \begin_inset Formula \[
21542 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21549 \begin_layout Standard
21550 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21561 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21566 So better don't use this feature.
21569 \begin_layout Standard
21570 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21571 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21576 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21582 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21583 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21589 \begin_layout Standard
21596 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21599 \begin_layout Standard
21600 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21603 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21610 \begin_layout Subsection
21612 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21620 \begin_layout Standard
21621 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21623 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21626 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21636 \begin_inset Graphics
21637 filename ../images/math/font.png
21641 (alternatively the shortcut
21647 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21648 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21649 Here is an example:
21650 \begin_inset Formula \[
21652 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21653 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21660 \begin_layout Subsection
21662 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21663 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21670 \begin_layout Standard
21671 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21672 automatically chosen in most situations.
21690 For most characters,
21698 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21699 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21704 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21705 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21706 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21707 \begin_inset Graphics
21708 filename ../images/math/style.png
21713 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21714 For example, you can set
21715 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21718 , which is normally in
21727 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21731 The four styles are used in the following example:
21734 \begin_layout Standard
21735 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21739 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21743 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21747 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21753 \begin_layout Standard
21754 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21755 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21757 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21761 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21762 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21763 will be adjusted to correspond.
21764 As example a formula in the font size
21765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21775 \begin_layout Standard
21779 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21785 \begin_layout Section
21787 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21793 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21801 \begin_layout Standard
21802 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21803 (AMS) that are in common use.
21806 \begin_layout Subsection
21807 Enabling AMS-Support
21810 \begin_layout Standard
21811 Selecting the checkbox
21820 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21824 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21825 name "Document ! Settings"
21834 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21836 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21837 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21840 \begin_layout Subsection
21842 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21843 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21848 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21849 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21856 \begin_layout Standard
21857 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21858 LyX allows you to choose between
21879 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21882 \begin_layout Chapter
21886 \begin_layout Section
21888 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21889 name "Cross references"
21894 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21895 name "sec:Cross-References"
21902 \begin_layout Standard
21903 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21904 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21906 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21907 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21908 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21911 \begin_layout Enumerate
21915 \begin_layout Enumerate
21916 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21917 name "enu:Second-item"
21924 \begin_layout Enumerate
21928 \begin_layout Standard
21929 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21934 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21935 \begin_inset Graphics
21936 filename ../images/label-insert.png
21942 A grey label box like this:
21943 \begin_inset Graphics
21944 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21949 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21950 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21985 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
21986 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
21987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22001 \begin_layout Standard
22002 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22004 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22007 or the toolbar button
22008 \begin_inset Graphics
22009 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22015 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22016 \begin_inset Graphics
22017 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22022 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22024 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22037 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22039 Here is our cross-reference:
22042 \begin_layout Standard
22045 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22046 reference "enu:Second-item"
22053 \begin_layout Standard
22054 It is recommended to use a protected space
22058 \begin_layout Standard
22059 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22061 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22062 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22071 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22075 \begin_layout Standard
22076 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22079 \begin_layout Description
22080 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22081 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22082 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22089 \begin_layout Description
22090 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22091 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22101 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22102 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22109 \begin_layout Description
22110 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22112 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22113 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22120 \begin_layout Description
22123 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22124 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22125 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22132 \begin_layout Description
22133 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22136 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22138 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22139 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22146 \begin_layout Description
22147 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22148 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22151 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22154 \begin_layout Standard
22159 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22162 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22163 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22177 \begin_layout Standard
22178 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22179 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22180 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22197 \begin_layout Standard
22198 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22199 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22200 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22204 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22208 \begin_layout Standard
22209 You can only use the style
22213 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22217 is always possible.
22220 \begin_layout Standard
22221 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22222 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22223 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22224 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22226 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22227 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22234 \begin_layout Standard
22241 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22242 The button text changes then to
22247 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22248 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22249 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22253 \begin_layout Standard
22254 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22255 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22256 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22259 \begin_layout Standard
22260 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22261 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22264 \begin_layout Standard
22265 References are described in detail in the
22272 \begin_layout Section
22273 Table of Contents and other Listings
22274 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22275 name "Table of contents"
22280 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22286 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22294 \begin_layout Subsection
22295 Table of Contents and Outline
22296 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22297 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22304 \begin_layout Standard
22305 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22308 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22314 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22315 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22316 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22317 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22324 \begin_layout Standard
22325 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22326 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22327 in section\InsetSpace ~
22329 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22330 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22334 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22335 Section\InsetSpace ~
22337 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22338 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22342 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22344 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22345 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22346 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22349 \begin_layout Standard
22350 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22352 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22354 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22360 \begin_layout Subsection
22361 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22362 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22370 \begin_layout Standard
22371 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22372 You can insert them via the
22374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22380 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22383 \begin_layout Section
22384 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22385 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22391 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22399 \begin_layout Standard
22400 It is often desirable to include long
22401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22408 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22409 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22410 to typeset properly.
22411 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22412 resulting in an overfull line.
22413 To avoid this, use the menu
22415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22418 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22421 \begin_layout Standard
22422 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22426 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22431 \begin_layout Standard
22432 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22433 name "LyX-Homepage"
22434 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22441 \begin_layout Standard
22442 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22452 \begin_layout Itemize
22453 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22454 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22468 \begin_layout Itemize
22469 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22472 \begin_layout Section
22474 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22480 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22481 name "sec:Appendices"
22488 \begin_layout Standard
22489 Appendices are created with the menu
22491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22493 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22497 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22498 as appendix region.
22499 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22502 \begin_layout Standard
22503 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22504 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22505 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22506 and the subsection number.
22507 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22511 \begin_layout Standard
22512 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22514 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22515 reference "cha:Credits"
22519 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22521 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22522 reference "sub:Export"
22529 \begin_layout Section
22531 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22532 name "Bibliography"
22537 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22538 name "sec:Bibliography"
22545 \begin_layout Standard
22546 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22547 You can include a bibliography database
22551 \begin_layout Standard
22552 Known under the name
22553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22565 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22567 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22571 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22573 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22574 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22581 \begin_layout Standard
22586 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22588 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22597 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22599 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22608 , a short form of its title, as key.
22611 \begin_layout Standard
22612 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22617 or the toobar button
22618 \begin_inset Graphics
22619 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
22620 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22625 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22626 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22627 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22628 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22632 \begin_layout Standard
22633 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22634 with surrounding brackets.
22639 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22640 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22652 \begin_layout Standard
22655 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22658 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22659 key "latexcompanion"
22666 \begin_layout Standard
22667 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22668 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22676 \begin_layout Subsection
22677 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22678 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22679 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22684 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22685 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22690 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22691 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22698 \begin_layout Standard
22699 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22701 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
22703 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22704 your working field in a database.
22705 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22706 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22709 \begin_layout Standard
22710 The database is a text file with the file extension
22711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22722 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22723 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22724 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22725 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22730 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22734 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22735 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22741 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22744 \begin_layout Standard
22745 To use a database, use the menu
22747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22752 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22757 \begin_layout Standard
22768 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22769 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22772 \begin_layout Standard
22773 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22785 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22786 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22787 take care of the layout.
22790 \begin_layout Standard
22791 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22794 \begin_layout Standard
22795 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22801 \begin_layout Standard
22802 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22804 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22815 \begin_layout Standard
22830 \begin_layout Standard
22841 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22849 \begin_layout Standard
22850 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22856 \begin_layout Standard
22857 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22858 the two methods of creating them.
22859 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22860 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22861 We used the style file
22865 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22868 \begin_layout Subsection
22869 Bibliography layout
22870 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22871 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22878 \begin_layout Standard
22879 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22880 For this feature you need to use the option
22886 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22890 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22891 name "Document ! Settings"
22900 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22901 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22902 in the previous section.
22905 \begin_layout Standard
22906 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22907 in the citation reference window.
22908 Here an example where we set the text
22909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22912 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22917 to appear after the reference:
22920 \begin_layout Standard
22922 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22924 key "latexcompanion"
22931 \begin_layout Section
22933 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22934 name "Index generation"
22939 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22947 \begin_layout Standard
22948 An index entry is created if you use the menu
22950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22954 or the toolbar button
22955 \begin_inset Graphics
22956 filename ../images/index-insert.png
22957 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22974 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
22975 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
22976 by LyX as index entry.
22979 \begin_layout Standard
22980 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22983 \begin_layout Standard
22988 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
22989 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
22994 Therefore you cannot insert
22997 \begin_layout Standard
23003 \begin_layout Standard
23004 to an index entry field, because the
23005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23012 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
23014 The correct entry is
23017 \begin_layout Standard
23025 \begin_layout Standard
23026 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23027 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23028 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23029 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23031 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23032 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23039 \begin_layout Standard
23040 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23043 \begin_layout Standard
23044 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23046 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23049 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23054 A light blue box labeled
23055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23066 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23067 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23070 \begin_layout Subsection
23071 Grouping Index Entries
23072 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23073 name "Index ! Grouping"
23080 \begin_layout Standard
23081 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23083 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23084 lists under the entry
23085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23093 First we create the entry
23094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23101 in section\InsetSpace ~
23103 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23104 reference "sub:Lists"
23109 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23111 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23112 reference "sec:Itemize"
23116 , we insert the command
23119 \begin_layout Standard
23125 \begin_layout Standard
23129 \begin_layout Standard
23135 \begin_layout Standard
23136 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23138 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23139 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23146 \begin_layout Standard
23147 The exclamation mark
23148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23155 marks the grouping levels.
23156 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23157 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23158 If we don't have an index entry for
23159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23166 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23169 \begin_layout Subsection
23171 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23172 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23179 \begin_layout Standard
23180 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23182 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23183 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23184 in section\InsetSpace ~
23186 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23187 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23194 \begin_layout Standard
23197 Paragraph environments|(
23200 \begin_layout Standard
23201 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23203 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23204 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23211 \begin_layout Standard
23214 Paragraph environments|)
23217 \begin_layout Standard
23219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23242 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23243 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23244 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23245 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23246 An example is the index entry
23247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23250 Document ! Settings
23251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23257 \begin_layout Subsection
23259 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23260 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23267 \begin_layout Standard
23268 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23269 We referred for example in the index entry
23270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23277 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23279 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23280 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23284 ) to the index entry
23285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23292 in the same section using the command
23295 \begin_layout Standard
23298 GIF|see{Image formats}
23301 \begin_layout Standard
23302 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23303 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23306 \begin_layout Subsection
23308 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23309 name "Index ! Entry order"
23316 \begin_layout Standard
23317 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23318 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23319 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23323 \begin_layout Standard
23324 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23325 section\InsetSpace ~
23327 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23328 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23337 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23338 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23363 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23364 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23369 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23370 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23375 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23376 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23380 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23381 order maïs, maison, maître.
23382 To achieve this, we use the command
23385 \begin_layout Standard
23388 previous entry@current entry
23391 \begin_layout Standard
23392 In our case we want to have
23393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23408 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23411 \begin_layout Standard
23417 \begin_layout Standard
23418 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23419 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23423 \begin_layout Subsection
23425 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23426 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23433 \begin_layout Standard
23434 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23435 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23438 \begin_layout Standard
23443 textit{This is an italic entry}
23446 \begin_layout Standard
23453 produces the italic layout.
23454 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23455 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23459 We refer to LaTeX books (
23460 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23461 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23465 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23466 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23467 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23471 \begin_layout Standard
23476 textit{This is an italic entry}
23479 \begin_layout Standard
23480 You can also format the page number using the character
23481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23488 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23489 We can write for example
23492 \begin_layout Standard
23495 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23498 \begin_layout Standard
23499 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23500 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23501 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23505 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23522 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23526 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23528 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23529 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23533 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23536 \begin_layout Standard
23537 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23539 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23540 for all index entries.
23543 \begin_layout Subsection
23545 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23546 name "Index ! Program"
23551 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23552 name "sub:Index-Program"
23559 \begin_layout Standard
23560 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23565 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
23566 see section\InsetSpace ~
23568 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23569 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
23574 The available options are listed and explained in
23575 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23583 \begin_layout Standard
23584 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23592 \begin_layout Section
23593 Nomenclature / Glossary
23594 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23595 name "Nomenclature"
23600 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23601 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23606 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23607 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23614 \begin_layout Standard
23615 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23616 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23620 \begin_layout Standard
23621 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23624 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23625 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23632 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23633 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23638 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23641 \begin_layout Standard
23642 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23643 and then use the menu
23645 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23650 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23653 or the toobar button
23654 \begin_inset Graphics
23655 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
23656 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23673 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23676 \begin_layout Standard
23677 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23678 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23679 The second is the description of the symbol.
23682 \begin_layout Standard
23683 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23686 \begin_layout Standard
23691 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23692 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23700 \begin_layout Subsection
23701 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23702 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23703 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23710 \begin_layout Standard
23711 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23715 field as LaTeX-formula.
23717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23721 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23746 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23747 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23759 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23769 \begin_layout Standard
23770 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23772 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23773 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23780 \begin_layout Standard
23786 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23787 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23792 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23799 in this document is:
23803 dummy entry for the character
23825 font use the command
23854 \begin_layout Subsection
23855 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23856 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23857 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23864 \begin_layout Standard
23865 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23866 the symbol definition.
23867 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23868 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23871 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23873 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
23880 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23884 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23887 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23892 They will be sorted by
23893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23919 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23922 will be sorted before the
23926 since the character
23927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23934 is considered in sorting.
23937 \begin_layout Standard
23938 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23943 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23944 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23946 For the given example, you can insert
23950 to this field for the
23951 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23958 will be located before
23959 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23965 \begin_layout Standard
23966 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
23971 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23979 \begin_layout Subsection
23980 Nomenclature Options
23981 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23982 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
23989 \begin_layout Standard
23994 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
23995 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
23998 \begin_layout Description
23999 refeq Appends the phrase
24000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24015 to every nomenclature entry, where
24021 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24024 \begin_layout Description
24025 refpage Appends the phrase
24026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24041 to every nomenclature entry, where
24047 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24050 \begin_layout Description
24051 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24054 \begin_layout Standard
24055 There are furthermore the options
24099 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24103 \begin_layout Standard
24104 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24105 class options list in the
24107 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24111 In this document the options
24122 \begin_layout Standard
24123 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24129 \begin_layout Standard
24130 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24131 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24136 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24139 \begin_layout Description
24149 \begin_layout Description
24152 nomrefpage Like the
24159 \begin_layout Description
24162 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24171 \begin_layout Description
24174 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24177 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24180 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24183 \begin_layout Subsection
24184 Printing the Nomenclature
24185 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24186 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24193 \begin_layout Standard
24194 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24196 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24199 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24203 A light blue box labeled
24204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24215 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24216 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24219 \begin_layout Standard
24220 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24229 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24237 For example, in order to change the name to
24241 , add the following line to the preamble:
24244 \begin_layout Standard
24252 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24255 \begin_layout Standard
24256 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24262 \begin_layout Standard
24263 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24264 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24267 \begin_layout Standard
24275 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24278 \begin_layout Standard
24281 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24283 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24284 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24289 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24293 \begin_layout Section
24295 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24302 name "Document ! Branches"
24307 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24308 name "sec:Branches"
24315 \begin_layout Standard
24316 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24317 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24318 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24319 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24322 \begin_layout Standard
24323 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24324 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24325 To create a branch, go in the
24327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24335 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24336 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24339 \begin_layout Standard
24340 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24341 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24346 where you can choose a branch.
24347 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24350 \begin_layout Standard
24351 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24352 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24355 \begin_layout Standard
24356 \begin_inset Branch Question
24359 \begin_layout Standard
24360 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
24368 \begin_layout Standard
24369 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24372 \begin_layout Standard
24373 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24381 \begin_layout Standard
24382 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24388 \begin_layout Standard
24389 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
24390 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
24392 For example you can define for the question branch
24396 \begin_layout Standard
24397 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section\InsetSpace ~
24399 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24400 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24412 \begin_layout Standard
24422 \begin_layout Standard
24432 \begin_layout Standard
24433 and for the answer branch
24436 \begin_layout Standard
24446 \begin_layout Standard
24456 \begin_layout Standard
24457 \begin_inset Branch Question
24460 \begin_layout Standard
24464 \begin_layout Standard
24473 \begin_layout Standard
24492 \begin_layout Standard
24493 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24496 \begin_layout Standard
24500 \begin_layout Standard
24509 \begin_layout Standard
24528 \begin_layout Standard
24529 Now it is possible to use the commands
24533 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
24540 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
24543 to obtain conditional output.
24544 Here is an example formula where only the
24551 \begin_inset Formula \[
24552 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
24559 \begin_layout Standard
24560 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section\InsetSpace ~
24562 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24563 reference "sec:math-macros"
24570 \begin_layout Section
24571 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24572 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24580 \begin_layout Subsection
24582 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24588 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24589 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24596 \begin_layout Standard
24597 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24598 constructs, but not all.
24599 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24600 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24601 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24602 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24603 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24604 and their commands.
24607 \begin_layout Standard
24608 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24618 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24619 An ERT box is created by the menu
24621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24624 or by the toolbar button
24625 \begin_inset Graphics
24626 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
24631 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24644 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24645 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24656 \begin_layout Standard
24657 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24658 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24659 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24666 , you can write the command part
24672 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24676 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24677 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24681 \begin_layout Standard
24682 \begin_inset Graphics
24683 filename clipart/ERT.png
24691 \begin_layout Standard
24695 \begin_layout Standard
24696 This is a line with a
24700 \begin_layout Standard
24713 \begin_layout Standard
24723 \begin_layout Standard
24724 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24727 \begin_layout Standard
24732 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24733 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24741 \begin_layout Subsection
24742 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24743 \begin_inset OptArg
24746 \begin_layout Standard
24753 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24754 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24759 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24760 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24767 \begin_layout Standard
24768 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24769 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24770 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24779 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24780 every time if you know the right commands.
24782 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24783 the end of the day.
24784 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24785 all caption labels bold.
24786 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24788 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24791 \begin_layout Standard
24792 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24793 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24794 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24796 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24804 \begin_layout Standard
24805 As result you know that the package
24810 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24811 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24816 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24818 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24824 \begin_layout Standard
24829 usepackage[options]{package name}
24832 \begin_layout Standard
24833 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24834 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24835 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24838 \begin_layout Standard
24839 In your case the package name is
24844 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24849 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24850 So you add the command
24853 \begin_layout Standard
24858 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24861 \begin_layout Standard
24862 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24866 \begin_layout Standard
24867 For more commands provided by the
24871 package, have a look at its documentation,
24872 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24885 \begin_layout Standard
24886 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24888 For example if you use a
24892 class, you don't need the package
24896 , you can instead write
24899 \begin_layout Standard
24904 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24909 \begin_layout Standard
24910 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24911 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24912 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24919 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24922 \begin_layout Standard
24923 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24924 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24926 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24930 \begin_layout Standard
24931 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24933 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24934 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24942 \begin_layout Section
24943 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24944 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24945 name "Instant preview"
24950 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24951 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24956 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24957 name "Document ! Preview"
24964 \begin_layout Standard
24965 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24966 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24967 to break your train of thought with
24969 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24975 \begin_layout Standard
24976 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24977 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24980 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24981 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24987 as explained below, and turn on
24989 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24994 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25001 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25007 \begin_layout Standard
25008 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
25010 Previews of an already loaded document are
25014 generated just by selecting the
25016 Instant\InsetSpace ~
25019 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
25022 \begin_layout Standard
25023 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
25024 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
25029 check box in the insert dialog.
25030 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
25034 \begin_layout Standard
25035 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
25039 (on some systems named simply
25044 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25046 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25051 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25052 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
25060 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
25064 \begin_layout Standard
25065 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25072 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
25076 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25080 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
25081 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
25083 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
25084 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
25085 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
25086 the source view window.
25089 \begin_layout Section
25091 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25092 name "sec:Spellchecking"
25097 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25098 name "Spell checking"
25105 \begin_layout Standard
25106 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
25107 Rather it uses one of the external programs
25124 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
25130 can be seen as successor of
25134 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
25139 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
25140 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
25148 \begin_layout Standard
25149 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
25150 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
25157 \begin_layout Standard
25160 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25163 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
25164 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
25165 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
25166 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
25167 scrolled so that it is visible.
25172 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
25174 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
25178 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
25179 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
25182 \begin_layout Standard
25183 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
25186 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25190 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
25191 will bring an error message.
25192 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25193 specifying a different
25195 Alternative language
25197 in preferences dialog.
25200 \begin_layout Standard
25201 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25204 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25208 \begin_layout Standard
25209 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25210 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25212 But you can use the
25221 \begin_layout Standard
25222 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25223 This does work with
25227 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25230 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25234 \begin_layout Standard
25239 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25242 \begin_layout Description
25243 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25244 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25245 checker should consider, e.g.
25246 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25247 This should not normally be needed.
25250 \begin_layout Description
25251 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25252 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25253 choice as your personal dictionary
25256 \begin_layout Description
25257 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25258 compound\InsetSpace ~
25259 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25271 \begin_layout Description
25274 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25283 also for the spellchecker.
25287 \begin_layout Standard
25288 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25290 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25291 reference "sub:Settings"
25300 Only enable this if you use
25304 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
25305 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25306 so this is disabled by default.
25309 \begin_layout Section
25311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25317 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25318 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25325 \begin_layout Standard
25326 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25329 \begin_layout Standard
25330 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25333 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25336 or the toolbar button
25337 \begin_inset Graphics
25338 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
25339 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25340 rotateOrigin center
25345 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25349 \begin_layout Standard
25350 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25351 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25352 cases to find related words.
25355 \begin_layout Standard
25356 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25358 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25366 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25375 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25394 \begin_layout Section
25396 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25397 name "Change Tracking"
25402 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25403 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25408 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25409 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25416 \begin_layout Standard
25417 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25418 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25419 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25420 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25422 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25423 Change\InsetSpace ~
25424 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25431 \begin_layout Standard
25432 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25441 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25452 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25453 name "Color ! LyX screen"
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25461 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25462 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25463 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25470 \begin_layout Standard
25471 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25477 \begin_layout Standard
25478 \begin_inset Graphics
25479 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25486 \begin_layout Standard
25487 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25493 \begin_layout Standard
25494 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25498 \begin_layout Standard
25499 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25505 \begin_layout Standard
25506 \begin_inset Tabular
25507 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25508 <features islongtable="true">
25509 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25510 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25516 \begin_inset Graphics
25517 filename ../images/changes-track.png
25518 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25519 rotateOrigin center
25528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25531 \begin_layout Standard
25534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25535 Change\InsetSpace ~
25536 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25544 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25549 \begin_inset Graphics
25550 filename ../images/changes-output.png
25551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25552 rotateOrigin center
25561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25564 \begin_layout Standard
25567 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25568 Change\InsetSpace ~
25569 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25571 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25579 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25583 \begin_layout Standard
25584 \begin_inset Graphics
25585 filename ../images/change-next.png
25586 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25587 rotateOrigin center
25596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25599 \begin_layout Standard
25600 Jumps to the next change
25606 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25610 \begin_layout Standard
25611 \begin_inset Graphics
25612 filename ../images/change-accept.png
25613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25614 rotateOrigin center
25623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25626 \begin_layout Standard
25629 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25630 Change\InsetSpace ~
25631 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25632 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25643 \begin_layout Standard
25644 \begin_inset Graphics
25645 filename ../images/change-reject.png
25646 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25647 rotateOrigin center
25656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25659 \begin_layout Standard
25662 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25663 Change\InsetSpace ~
25664 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25665 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25672 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25676 \begin_layout Standard
25677 \begin_inset Graphics
25678 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
25679 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25680 rotateOrigin center
25689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25692 \begin_layout Standard
25695 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25696 Change\InsetSpace ~
25697 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25709 \begin_layout Standard
25710 \begin_inset Graphics
25711 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
25712 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25713 rotateOrigin center
25722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25725 \begin_layout Standard
25728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25729 Change\InsetSpace ~
25730 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25731 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25743 \begin_layout Standard
25744 \begin_inset Graphics
25745 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
25746 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25747 rotateOrigin center
25756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25759 \begin_layout Standard
25762 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25763 Change\InsetSpace ~
25764 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25765 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25773 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25777 \begin_layout Standard
25778 \begin_inset Graphics
25779 filename ../images/note-insert.png
25780 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25781 rotateOrigin center
25790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25793 \begin_layout Standard
25796 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25797 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25809 \begin_layout Standard
25810 \begin_inset Graphics
25811 filename ../images/note-next.png
25812 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25813 rotateOrigin center
25822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25825 \begin_layout Standard
25828 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25843 \begin_layout Standard
25844 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25850 \begin_layout Standard
25851 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25852 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25853 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25854 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25855 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25856 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25857 step to the next change.
25858 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25861 \begin_layout Standard
25862 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25863 to describe a change.
25866 \begin_layout Standard
25867 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25870 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25871 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25878 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25879 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25884 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25887 \begin_layout Section
25888 International Support
25889 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25890 name "International support"
25897 \begin_layout Standard
25898 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25899 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25900 how to set up LyX to use them:
25901 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25902 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25912 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25913 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25920 \begin_layout Subsection
25922 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25923 name "Language ! Options"
25928 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25929 name "Document ! Settings"
25934 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25935 name "Document ! Language"
25942 \begin_layout Standard
25945 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25948 dialog lets you set
25950 the language and character encoding for your language.
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25955 Choose your language in the
25959 section of this dialog.
25967 \begin_layout Standard
25972 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
25976 use language's default encoding
25978 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
25979 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
25981 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25982 reference "sub:Settings"
25989 \begin_layout Subsection
25990 Keyboard mapping configuration
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25994 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
25995 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
25996 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
25997 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
25998 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
25999 see section\InsetSpace ~
26001 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26002 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
26007 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
26008 which one you want to use.
26011 \begin_layout Standard
26012 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
26013 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
26014 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
26015 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
26016 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
26017 one to support the characters you want.
26018 This and much more customizations are explained in the
26025 \begin_layout Subsection
26027 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26035 \begin_layout Standard
26038 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26039 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
26048 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
26052 \begin_layout Standard
26053 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
26054 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
26062 \begin_layout Itemize
26063 Even if you have selected
26069 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26072 dialog, users who have only the
26076 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
26080 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
26081 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
26082 french quotes won't show up.
26085 \begin_layout Standard
26086 \begin_inset Float table
26091 \begin_layout Standard
26092 \begin_inset Caption
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26095 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26096 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
26112 \begin_layout Standard
26114 \begin_inset Tabular
26115 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
26117 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26118 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26119 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26120 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26121 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26122 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26123 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26124 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26125 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26126 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26127 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26128 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26129 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26134 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
26135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26138 \begin_layout Standard
26144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26165 \begin_layout Standard
26180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26183 \begin_layout Standard
26198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26201 \begin_layout Standard
26216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26219 \begin_layout Standard
26234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26237 \begin_layout Standard
26252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26255 \begin_layout Standard
26270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26273 \begin_layout Standard
26288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26291 \begin_layout Standard
26306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26309 \begin_layout Standard
26324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26327 \begin_layout Standard
26342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26345 \begin_layout Standard
26360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26363 \begin_layout Standard
26378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26381 \begin_layout Standard
26396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26399 \begin_layout Standard
26414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26417 \begin_layout Standard
26433 <row topline="true">
26434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26437 \begin_layout Standard
26452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26455 \begin_layout Standard
26461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26464 \begin_layout Standard
26470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26473 \begin_layout Standard
26479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26482 \begin_layout Standard
26496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26499 \begin_layout Standard
26513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26533 \begin_layout Standard
26547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26550 \begin_layout Standard
26564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26567 \begin_layout Standard
26573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26576 \begin_layout Standard
26582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26585 \begin_layout Standard
26591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26594 \begin_layout Standard
26608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26611 \begin_layout Standard
26625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26628 \begin_layout Standard
26642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26645 \begin_layout Standard
26659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26662 \begin_layout Standard
26677 <row topline="true">
26678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26681 \begin_layout Standard
26696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26699 \begin_layout Standard
26705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26708 \begin_layout Standard
26714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26717 \begin_layout Standard
26731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26751 \begin_layout Standard
26765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26768 \begin_layout Standard
26782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26785 \begin_layout Standard
26799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26802 \begin_layout Standard
26816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26819 \begin_layout Standard
26825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26828 \begin_layout Standard
26834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26837 \begin_layout Standard
26851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26854 \begin_layout Standard
26868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26871 \begin_layout Standard
26885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26888 \begin_layout Standard
26902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26905 \begin_layout Standard
26919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26922 \begin_layout Standard
26937 <row topline="true">
26938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26941 \begin_layout Standard
26956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26959 \begin_layout Standard
26965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26968 \begin_layout Standard
26974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26977 \begin_layout Standard
26986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26997 \begin_layout Standard
27011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27014 \begin_layout Standard
27028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27048 \begin_layout Standard
27062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27065 \begin_layout Standard
27079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27082 \begin_layout Standard
27088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27091 \begin_layout Standard
27097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27100 \begin_layout Standard
27106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27109 \begin_layout Standard
27123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27126 \begin_layout Standard
27140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27143 \begin_layout Standard
27157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27160 \begin_layout Standard
27174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27177 \begin_layout Standard
27192 <row topline="true">
27193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27196 \begin_layout Standard
27211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27214 \begin_layout Standard
27220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27223 \begin_layout Standard
27229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27232 \begin_layout Standard
27246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27249 \begin_layout Standard
27263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27266 \begin_layout Standard
27280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27283 \begin_layout Standard
27297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27300 \begin_layout Standard
27314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27317 \begin_layout Standard
27331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27334 \begin_layout Standard
27340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27343 \begin_layout Standard
27349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27352 \begin_layout Standard
27366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27369 \begin_layout Standard
27383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27386 \begin_layout Standard
27400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27403 \begin_layout Standard
27417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27420 \begin_layout Standard
27434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27437 \begin_layout Standard
27452 <row topline="true">
27453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27456 \begin_layout Standard
27471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27474 \begin_layout Standard
27480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27483 \begin_layout Standard
27489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27492 \begin_layout Standard
27506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27509 \begin_layout Standard
27523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27526 \begin_layout Standard
27540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27543 \begin_layout Standard
27557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27560 \begin_layout Standard
27574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27577 \begin_layout Standard
27591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27594 \begin_layout Standard
27600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27612 \begin_layout Standard
27618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27621 \begin_layout Standard
27635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27638 \begin_layout Standard
27652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27655 \begin_layout Standard
27669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27689 \begin_layout Standard
27704 <row topline="true">
27705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27708 \begin_layout Standard
27723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27726 \begin_layout Standard
27732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27735 \begin_layout Standard
27741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27744 \begin_layout Standard
27758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27761 \begin_layout Standard
27775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27778 \begin_layout Standard
27792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27795 \begin_layout Standard
27809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27812 \begin_layout Standard
27826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27829 \begin_layout Standard
27843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27846 \begin_layout Standard
27852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27855 \begin_layout Standard
27861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27864 \begin_layout Standard
27870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27873 \begin_layout Standard
27887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27890 \begin_layout Standard
27904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27907 \begin_layout Standard
27921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27924 \begin_layout Standard
27938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27941 \begin_layout Standard
27956 <row topline="true">
27957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27960 \begin_layout Standard
27975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27978 \begin_layout Standard
27984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27987 \begin_layout Standard
27993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27996 \begin_layout Standard
28010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28013 \begin_layout Standard
28027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28030 \begin_layout Standard
28044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28047 \begin_layout Standard
28061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28064 \begin_layout Standard
28078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28081 \begin_layout Standard
28095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28098 \begin_layout Standard
28104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28107 \begin_layout Standard
28113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28116 \begin_layout Standard
28122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28125 \begin_layout Standard
28139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28142 \begin_layout Standard
28156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28159 \begin_layout Standard
28173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28176 \begin_layout Standard
28190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28193 \begin_layout Standard
28208 <row topline="true">
28209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28212 \begin_layout Standard
28227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28230 \begin_layout Standard
28236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28239 \begin_layout Standard
28245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28248 \begin_layout Standard
28262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28282 \begin_layout Standard
28296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28299 \begin_layout Standard
28313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28316 \begin_layout Standard
28330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28350 \begin_layout Standard
28356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28368 \begin_layout Standard
28382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28385 \begin_layout Standard
28399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28402 \begin_layout Standard
28416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28419 \begin_layout Standard
28433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28436 \begin_layout Standard
28450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28453 \begin_layout Standard
28468 <row topline="true">
28469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28472 \begin_layout Standard
28487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28490 \begin_layout Standard
28496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28499 \begin_layout Standard
28505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28508 \begin_layout Standard
28522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28525 \begin_layout Standard
28539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28542 \begin_layout Standard
28556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28559 \begin_layout Standard
28573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28576 \begin_layout Standard
28590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28593 \begin_layout Standard
28607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28610 \begin_layout Standard
28616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28619 \begin_layout Standard
28625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28628 \begin_layout Standard
28642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28645 \begin_layout Standard
28659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28662 \begin_layout Standard
28676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28679 \begin_layout Standard
28693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28696 \begin_layout Standard
28710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28713 \begin_layout Standard
28728 <row topline="true">
28729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28732 \begin_layout Standard
28747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28750 \begin_layout Standard
28756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28759 \begin_layout Standard
28765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28768 \begin_layout Standard
28782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28785 \begin_layout Standard
28799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28802 \begin_layout Standard
28816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28819 \begin_layout Standard
28833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28836 \begin_layout Standard
28850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28853 \begin_layout Standard
28867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28870 \begin_layout Standard
28876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28879 \begin_layout Standard
28885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28888 \begin_layout Standard
28902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28905 \begin_layout Standard
28919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28922 \begin_layout Standard
28936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28939 \begin_layout Standard
28953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28956 \begin_layout Standard
28970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28973 \begin_layout Standard
28988 <row topline="true">
28989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28992 \begin_layout Standard
29007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29010 \begin_layout Standard
29016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29019 \begin_layout Standard
29025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29028 \begin_layout Standard
29042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29045 \begin_layout Standard
29059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29062 \begin_layout Standard
29076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29079 \begin_layout Standard
29093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29096 \begin_layout Standard
29110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29113 \begin_layout Standard
29127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29130 \begin_layout Standard
29136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29139 \begin_layout Standard
29145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29148 \begin_layout Standard
29162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29165 \begin_layout Standard
29179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29182 \begin_layout Standard
29196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29199 \begin_layout Standard
29213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29216 \begin_layout Standard
29230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29233 \begin_layout Standard
29248 <row topline="true">
29249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29252 \begin_layout Standard
29267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29270 \begin_layout Standard
29276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29279 \begin_layout Standard
29285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29288 \begin_layout Standard
29302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29305 \begin_layout Standard
29319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29339 \begin_layout Standard
29353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29356 \begin_layout Standard
29370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29373 \begin_layout Standard
29387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29390 \begin_layout Standard
29396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29399 \begin_layout Standard
29405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29408 \begin_layout Standard
29422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29425 \begin_layout Standard
29439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29442 \begin_layout Standard
29456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29459 \begin_layout Standard
29473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29476 \begin_layout Standard
29490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29493 \begin_layout Standard
29508 <row topline="true">
29509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29512 \begin_layout Standard
29527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29530 \begin_layout Standard
29536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29539 \begin_layout Standard
29545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29548 \begin_layout Standard
29562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29565 \begin_layout Standard
29579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29582 \begin_layout Standard
29596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29599 \begin_layout Standard
29615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29618 \begin_layout Standard
29632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29635 \begin_layout Standard
29649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29652 \begin_layout Standard
29658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29661 \begin_layout Standard
29667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29670 \begin_layout Standard
29684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29687 \begin_layout Standard
29701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29704 \begin_layout Standard
29718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29721 \begin_layout Standard
29735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29738 \begin_layout Standard
29752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29755 \begin_layout Standard
29770 <row topline="true">
29771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29774 \begin_layout Standard
29789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29792 \begin_layout Standard
29798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29801 \begin_layout Standard
29807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29810 \begin_layout Standard
29824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29827 \begin_layout Standard
29841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29844 \begin_layout Standard
29858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29861 \begin_layout Standard
29875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29878 \begin_layout Standard
29892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29895 \begin_layout Standard
29909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29912 \begin_layout Standard
29918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29921 \begin_layout Standard
29927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29930 \begin_layout Standard
29936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29939 \begin_layout Standard
29953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29956 \begin_layout Standard
29970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29973 \begin_layout Standard
29987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29990 \begin_layout Standard
30004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30007 \begin_layout Standard
30022 <row topline="true">
30023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30026 \begin_layout Standard
30041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30044 \begin_layout Standard
30050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30053 \begin_layout Standard
30059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30062 \begin_layout Standard
30076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30079 \begin_layout Standard
30093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30096 \begin_layout Standard
30110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30113 \begin_layout Standard
30127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30130 \begin_layout Standard
30144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30147 \begin_layout Standard
30161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30164 \begin_layout Standard
30170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30173 \begin_layout Standard
30179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30182 \begin_layout Standard
30196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30199 \begin_layout Standard
30213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30216 \begin_layout Standard
30230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30233 \begin_layout Standard
30247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30250 \begin_layout Standard
30264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30267 \begin_layout Standard
30282 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30286 \begin_layout Standard
30301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30304 \begin_layout Standard
30310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30313 \begin_layout Standard
30319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30322 \begin_layout Standard
30336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30339 \begin_layout Standard
30353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30356 \begin_layout Standard
30370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30373 \begin_layout Standard
30387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30390 \begin_layout Standard
30404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30407 \begin_layout Standard
30413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30416 \begin_layout Standard
30422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30425 \begin_layout Standard
30431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30434 \begin_layout Standard
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Standard
30465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30468 \begin_layout Standard
30482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30485 \begin_layout Standard
30499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30502 \begin_layout Standard
30516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30519 \begin_layout Standard
30546 \begin_layout Standard
30547 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30549 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30550 also the characters from
30562 \begin_layout Itemize
30571 \begin_layout Standard
30572 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30577 \begin_layout Standard
30578 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30583 \begin_layout Standard
30584 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30589 \begin_layout Standard
30590 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30595 \begin_layout Standard
30601 \begin_layout Standard
30607 \begin_layout Standard
30614 \begin_layout Itemize
30627 \begin_layout Standard
30633 \begin_layout Standard
30639 \begin_layout Standard
30645 \begin_layout Standard
30651 \begin_layout Standard
30657 \begin_layout Standard
30664 \begin_layout Standard
30665 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30666 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30667 Also make sure you're using the
30674 \begin_layout Chapter
30677 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30678 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30685 \begin_layout Standard
30686 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30687 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30688 inside the user's guide.
30691 \begin_layout Section
30693 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30701 \begin_layout Standard
30706 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30707 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30710 \begin_layout Subsection
30714 \begin_layout Standard
30715 Creates a new document.
30718 \begin_layout Subsection
30722 \begin_layout Standard
30723 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30724 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30725 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30728 \begin_layout Subsection
30732 \begin_layout Standard
30736 \begin_layout Subsection
30740 \begin_layout Standard
30741 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30742 Click there on a file to open it.
30745 \begin_layout Subsection
30749 \begin_layout Standard
30750 Closes the current document.
30753 \begin_layout Subsection
30757 \begin_layout Standard
30758 Saves the actual document.
30761 \begin_layout Subsection
30765 \begin_layout Standard
30766 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30769 \begin_layout Subsection
30773 \begin_layout Standard
30774 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30777 \begin_layout Subsection
30781 \begin_layout Standard
30782 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30783 It is described in the section
30785 Version Control in LyX
30789 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30795 \begin_layout Subsection
30799 \begin_layout Standard
30800 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30801 text files (ASCII-files).
30802 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30805 \begin_layout Standard
30806 When using the menu
30809 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30812 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30813 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30814 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30815 will start a new paragraph.
30818 \begin_layout Subsection
30820 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30828 \begin_layout Standard
30829 You can export your document to various file formats.
30830 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30831 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30832 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30835 \begin_layout Standard
30836 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30837 section\InsetSpace ~
30839 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30840 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30847 \begin_layout Description
30853 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30854 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30857 \begin_layout Description
30865 \begin_layout Description
30866 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30870 \begin_layout Description
30873 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30878 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30886 \begin_layout Description
30893 \begin_layout Standard
30903 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30904 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30908 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30911 \begin_layout Description
30918 \begin_layout Standard
30928 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30929 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30937 \begin_layout Description
30939 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30947 is replaced by the version number)
30950 \begin_layout Description
30951 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30964 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30968 \begin_layout Description
30973 PDF-format using the program
30978 \begin_layout Description
30984 PDF-format using the program
30989 \begin_layout Description
30995 PDF-format using the program
31000 \begin_layout Description
31009 \begin_layout Description
31016 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
31017 and then exported as text using the program
31022 \begin_layout Description
31027 PostScript format using the program
31032 \begin_layout Description
31040 \begin_layout Standard
31045 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
31046 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
31052 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
31055 \begin_layout Standard
31056 If one of the menu entries
31069 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31070 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31072 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31073 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31078 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31079 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31086 \begin_layout Standard
31091 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
31092 the export program.
31095 \begin_layout Subsection
31099 \begin_layout Standard
31100 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
31101 or send it to a printer.
31102 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
31103 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
31109 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
31111 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31112 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
31119 \begin_layout Subsection
31120 New and Close Window
31123 \begin_layout Standard
31124 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
31125 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
31128 \begin_layout Section
31130 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31138 \begin_layout Subsection
31142 \begin_layout Standard
31143 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31145 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31146 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
31153 \begin_layout Subsection
31154 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
31157 \begin_layout Standard
31158 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31160 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31161 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31168 \begin_layout Subsection
31172 \begin_layout Standard
31173 Selects the whole document.
31176 \begin_layout Subsection
31180 \begin_layout Standard
31181 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31183 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31184 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31191 \begin_layout Subsection
31192 Move paragraph Up/Down
31195 \begin_layout Standard
31196 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31200 \begin_layout Subsection
31204 \begin_layout Standard
31205 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31207 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31208 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31215 \begin_layout Subsection
31217 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31218 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31225 \begin_layout Standard
31226 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31228 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31231 \begin_layout Standard
31232 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31233 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31236 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31247 \begin_layout Subsection
31251 \begin_layout Standard
31252 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31253 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31254 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31256 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31257 reference "sec:Tables"
31261 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31263 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31264 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31271 \begin_layout Subsection
31272 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31275 \begin_layout Standard
31276 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31278 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31280 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31281 reference "sec:Nesting"
31286 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31287 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31294 \begin_layout Section
31296 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31304 \begin_layout Standard
31309 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31310 document with an external program.
31311 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31312 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31313 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31315 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31316 reference "sub:Export"
31321 You should at least see the menu entries
31331 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31332 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31334 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31335 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31340 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31341 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31348 \begin_layout Standard
31349 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31350 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31352 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31353 reference "sec:File-Formats"
31358 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
31361 \begin_layout Standard
31362 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31365 At the bottom of the
31369 menu the opened documents are listed.
31372 \begin_layout Subsection
31376 \begin_layout Standard
31377 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31378 in section\InsetSpace ~
31380 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31381 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31388 \begin_layout Subsection
31392 \begin_layout Standard
31393 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31394 opening a new view window.
31397 \begin_layout Subsection
31399 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31400 name "sub:Toolbars"
31405 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31413 \begin_layout Standard
31414 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31415 All toolbars and the
31417 Command\InsetSpace ~
31420 can be turned on and off.
31425 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31443 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31447 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31454 \begin_layout Standard
31459 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31463 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31464 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31465 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31466 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31467 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31470 \begin_layout Standard
31471 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31473 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31474 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31481 \begin_layout Section
31483 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31484 name "Menu ! Insert"
31491 \begin_layout Subsection
31495 \begin_layout Standard
31496 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31498 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31499 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31506 \begin_layout Subsection
31508 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31509 name "sub:Special-Character"
31516 \begin_layout Standard
31517 Here you can insert the following characters:
31520 \begin_layout Description
31521 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31525 \begin_layout Description
31528 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31530 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31531 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31538 \begin_layout Description
31539 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31540 Quote Inserts this quote:
31541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31544 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31546 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31556 \begin_layout Description
31557 Single\InsetSpace ~
31558 Quote Inserts this quote:
31559 \begin_inset Quotes els
31565 \begin_layout Description
31567 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31571 \begin_layout Description
31572 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31574 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31575 name "Phonetic symbols"
31580 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31581 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31585 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31586 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31587 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31592 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31593 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31599 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31603 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31610 and this Wiki-page:
31613 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31614 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31621 \begin_layout Subsection
31625 \begin_layout Standard
31626 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31629 \begin_layout Description
31630 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31631 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31637 \begin_layout Description
31638 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31639 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31645 \begin_layout Description
31646 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31647 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31649 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31650 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31657 \begin_layout Description
31658 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31659 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31661 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31662 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31669 \begin_layout Description
31671 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31673 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31674 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31681 \begin_layout Description
31682 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31683 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31685 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31686 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31693 \begin_layout Description
31694 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31695 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31697 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31698 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31705 \begin_layout Description
31706 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31707 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31709 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31710 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31717 \begin_layout Description
31718 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31719 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31721 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31722 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31729 \begin_layout Description
31730 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31731 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31733 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31734 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31741 \begin_layout Description
31743 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31745 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31746 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31753 \begin_layout Description
31755 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31757 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31758 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31765 \begin_layout Description
31767 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31769 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31770 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31777 \begin_layout Description
31779 Double\InsetSpace ~
31780 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31782 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31783 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31790 \begin_layout Subsection
31794 \begin_layout Standard
31795 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31796 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31797 in section\InsetSpace ~
31799 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31800 reference "sec:toc"
31805 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31807 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31808 reference "sec:Index"
31812 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31814 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31815 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31819 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31821 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31822 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31829 \begin_layout Subsection
31833 \begin_layout Standard
31834 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31836 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31837 reference "sec:Floats"
31844 \begin_layout Subsection
31848 \begin_layout Standard
31849 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31851 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31852 reference "sec:Notes"
31859 \begin_layout Subsection
31863 \begin_layout Standard
31864 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31866 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31867 reference "sec:Branches"
31874 \begin_layout Subsection
31876 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31877 name "External Material"
31884 \begin_layout Standard
31885 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31886 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31897 \begin_layout Subsection
31899 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31907 \begin_layout Standard
31908 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31910 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31911 reference "sec:Minipages"
31916 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31927 \begin_layout Subsection
31931 \begin_layout Standard
31932 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31934 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31935 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31942 \begin_layout Subsection
31946 \begin_layout Standard
31947 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31949 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31950 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31957 \begin_layout Subsection
31961 \begin_layout Standard
31962 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31964 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31965 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31972 \begin_layout Subsection
31974 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31980 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31981 name "Longtables ! Caption"
31988 \begin_layout Standard
31989 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
31990 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31992 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31993 reference "sec:Floats"
31997 , cations in longtables are described in section
32008 \begin_layout Subsection
32012 \begin_layout Standard
32013 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32015 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32016 reference "sec:Index"
32023 \begin_layout Subsection
32027 \begin_layout Standard
32028 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32030 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32031 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
32038 \begin_layout Subsection
32042 \begin_layout Standard
32044 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32046 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32047 reference "sec:Tables"
32054 \begin_layout Subsection
32058 \begin_layout Standard
32060 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32062 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32063 reference "sec:Graphics"
32070 \begin_layout Subsection
32074 \begin_layout Standard
32075 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32077 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32078 reference "sec:URL"
32085 \begin_layout Subsection
32089 \begin_layout Standard
32090 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
32092 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32093 reference "sec:Footnotes"
32100 \begin_layout Subsection
32104 \begin_layout Standard
32105 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
32107 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32108 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
32115 \begin_layout Subsection
32119 \begin_layout Standard
32120 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
32122 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32123 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
32130 \begin_layout Subsection
32134 \begin_layout Standard
32135 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
32137 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32138 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
32145 \begin_layout Subsection
32147 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32148 name "Program listings"
32155 \begin_layout Standard
32156 Inserts a program listings box.
32157 Program listings are explained in chapter
32159 Program Code Listings
32168 \begin_layout Subsection
32172 \begin_layout Standard
32173 Inserts the actual date.
32174 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
32176 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32186 There the different methods are also compared.
32189 \begin_layout Section
32191 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32192 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32199 \begin_layout Standard
32200 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32201 the current document.
32202 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32205 \begin_layout Standard
32206 The Navigate menu also offers to
32209 \begin_layout Subsection
32213 \begin_layout Standard
32214 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32215 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32217 between section\InsetSpace ~
32219 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32220 2.5 and use the menu
32224 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32228 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32232 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32236 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32248 \begin_layout Standard
32249 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32250 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32253 \begin_layout Subsection
32254 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32257 \begin_layout Standard
32258 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32262 \begin_layout Subsection
32266 \begin_layout Standard
32267 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32268 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32269 on a cross-reference box.
32272 \begin_layout Section
32274 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32275 name "Menu ! Document"
32282 \begin_layout Subsection
32286 \begin_layout Standard
32287 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32289 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32290 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32297 \begin_layout Subsection
32302 \begin_layout Standard
32312 \begin_layout Standard
32313 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32315 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32318 \begin_layout Standard
32319 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32324 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32327 \begin_layout Subsection
32331 \begin_layout Standard
32332 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32334 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32335 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32342 \begin_layout Subsection
32343 Start Appendix Here
32346 \begin_layout Standard
32347 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32348 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32350 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32351 reference "sec:Appendices"
32358 \begin_layout Subsection
32362 \begin_layout Standard
32363 Un/compresses the actual document.
32366 \begin_layout Subsection
32368 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32369 name "sub:Settings"
32374 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32375 name "Document ! Settings"
32382 \begin_layout Standard
32383 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32385 You can save your document settings as default with the
32387 Save as Document Defaults
32389 button in the dialog.
32390 This will create a template named
32394 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32398 \begin_layout Standard
32399 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32402 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32406 \begin_layout Standard
32407 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32408 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32410 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32411 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32416 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32421 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32422 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32425 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32429 \begin_layout Standard
32430 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32432 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32433 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32440 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32444 \begin_layout Standard
32445 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32447 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32451 \begin_layout Standard
32452 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32453 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32454 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32457 \begin_layout Standard
32458 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32466 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32470 \begin_layout Standard
32471 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32473 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32474 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32479 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32480 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32487 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32491 \begin_layout Standard
32492 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32494 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32495 reference "sub:Margins"
32502 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32504 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32505 name "Language ! Encoding"
32512 \begin_layout Standard
32513 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32514 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
32515 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
32516 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
32517 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
32518 known for a particular character).
32522 \begin_layout Standard
32523 The known commands are defined in a text file.
32524 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
32529 manual for details.
32537 \begin_layout Standard
32538 If you use the option
32540 use language's default encoding
32542 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
32544 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
32545 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
32546 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
32547 exactly one encoding.
32548 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
32556 \begin_layout Standard
32557 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32558 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32560 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32561 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32574 \begin_layout Standard
32575 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
32576 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
32577 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
32578 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
32579 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
32580 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
32583 use language's default encoding
32585 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
32586 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
32587 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
32590 \begin_layout Standard
32591 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32594 \begin_layout Description
32598 use language's default encoding
32600 , but the LaTeX-package
32605 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32606 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32611 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
32614 \begin_layout Description
32615 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
32618 \begin_layout Description
32619 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
32620 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
32623 \begin_layout Description
32624 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32627 \begin_layout Description
32628 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32631 \begin_layout Description
32632 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32635 \begin_layout Description
32636 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32639 \begin_layout Description
32640 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32643 \begin_layout Description
32644 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32645 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32648 \begin_layout Description
32649 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32650 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32653 \begin_layout Description
32654 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32657 \begin_layout Description
32658 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32661 \begin_layout Description
32662 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32665 \begin_layout Description
32666 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32669 \begin_layout Description
32670 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32671 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32672 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32676 \begin_layout Description
32677 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32678 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32681 \begin_layout Description
32682 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32686 \begin_layout Description
32687 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32690 \begin_layout Description
32691 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32692 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32695 \begin_layout Description
32696 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32697 the euro currency sign, the
32701 \begin_layout Standard
32710 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32711 be the replacement for latin1
32714 \begin_layout Description
32715 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32718 \begin_layout Description
32719 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32724 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32725 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32729 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
32732 \begin_layout Description
32733 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32737 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
32740 \begin_layout Description
32741 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32746 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32747 name "LaTeX-packages ! CJK"
32751 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
32754 \begin_layout Description
32755 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
32759 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32767 \begin_layout Standard
32768 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32769 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32782 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32786 \begin_layout Standard
32787 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32788 in section\InsetSpace ~
32790 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32791 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32798 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32802 \begin_layout Standard
32803 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32806 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32807 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32818 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32819 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32824 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32826 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32827 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32834 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32838 \begin_layout Standard
32839 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32843 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32852 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32853 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32859 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32862 \begin_layout Standard
32867 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32868 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32871 \begin_layout Standard
32876 is used for special integral characters.
32879 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32883 \begin_layout Standard
32884 The float placement options are described in section
32885 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32889 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32890 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32897 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32901 \begin_layout Standard
32902 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32903 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32905 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32906 reference "sec:Itemize"
32913 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32917 \begin_layout Standard
32918 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32920 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32921 reference "sec:Branches"
32928 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32933 \begin_layout Standard
32943 \begin_layout Standard
32944 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32945 to define LaTeX-commands.
32946 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32947 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32951 \begin_layout Standard
32952 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32954 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32955 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
32962 \begin_layout Section
32964 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32965 name "Menu ! Tools"
32972 \begin_layout Subsection
32976 \begin_layout Standard
32977 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32979 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32980 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
32987 \begin_layout Subsection
32991 \begin_layout Standard
32992 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32994 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32995 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
33002 \begin_layout Subsection
33004 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33012 \begin_layout Standard
33013 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
33017 \begin_layout Subsection
33022 \begin_layout Standard
33030 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33031 name "TeX Information"
33038 \begin_layout Standard
33039 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
33042 \begin_layout Subsection
33044 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33045 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
33050 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33051 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
33058 \begin_layout Standard
33059 This menu reconfigures LyX.
33060 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
33062 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33063 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
33070 \begin_layout Subsection
33074 \begin_layout Standard
33075 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
33076 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
33080 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33081 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
33088 \begin_layout Section
33090 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33098 \begin_layout Standard
33099 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
33103 \begin_layout Standard
33109 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
33110 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
33112 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33113 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
33120 \begin_layout Section
33122 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33123 name "sec:Toolbars"
33130 \begin_layout Standard
33131 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33133 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33134 reference "sub:Toolbars"
33141 \begin_layout Standard
33142 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
33143 This is described in the
33151 \begin_layout Subsection
33153 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33154 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
33161 \begin_layout Standard
33162 \begin_inset Graphics
33163 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
33171 \begin_layout Standard
33172 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33178 \begin_layout Standard
33179 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33184 \begin_layout Standard
33196 \begin_inset Note Note
33199 \begin_layout Standard
33200 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
33205 manual for more information.
33213 \begin_layout Standard
33214 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33220 \begin_layout Standard
33221 \begin_inset Tabular
33222 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33223 <features islongtable="true">
33224 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33225 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Standard
33231 \begin_inset Graphics
33232 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33245 \begin_layout Standard
33246 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33259 \begin_layout Standard
33260 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33266 \begin_layout Standard
33268 \begin_inset Tabular
33269 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33270 <features islongtable="true">
33271 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33272 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33273 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33277 \begin_layout Standard
33280 \begin_inset Graphics
33281 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
33282 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33294 \begin_layout Standard
33297 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33304 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Standard
33309 \begin_inset Graphics
33310 filename ../images/file-open.png
33311 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33323 \begin_layout Standard
33326 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33333 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Standard
33338 \begin_inset Graphics
33339 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
33340 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33352 \begin_layout Standard
33355 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33362 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33366 \begin_layout Standard
33367 \begin_inset Graphics
33368 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
33369 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33381 \begin_layout Standard
33384 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33391 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33395 \begin_layout Standard
33396 \begin_inset Graphics
33397 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
33398 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Standard
33413 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33420 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Standard
33425 \begin_inset Graphics
33426 filename ../images/undo.png
33427 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33439 \begin_layout Standard
33442 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Standard
33454 \begin_inset Graphics
33455 filename ../images/redo.png
33456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Standard
33471 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33478 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Standard
33483 \begin_inset Graphics
33484 filename ../images/cut.png
33485 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33497 \begin_layout Standard
33500 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33507 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33511 \begin_layout Standard
33512 \begin_inset Graphics
33513 filename ../images/copy.png
33514 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33526 \begin_layout Standard
33529 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33536 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33540 \begin_layout Standard
33541 \begin_inset Graphics
33542 filename ../images/paste.png
33543 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33555 \begin_layout Standard
33558 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33565 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33569 \begin_layout Standard
33570 \begin_inset Graphics
33571 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
33572 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33573 rotateOrigin center
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Standard
33588 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33589 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33590 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33597 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33601 \begin_layout Standard
33602 \begin_inset Graphics
33603 filename ../images/font-emph.png
33604 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Standard
33617 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33619 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33629 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Standard
33634 \begin_inset Graphics
33635 filename ../images/font-noun.png
33636 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33648 \begin_layout Standard
33649 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33651 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33661 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33665 \begin_layout Standard
33666 \begin_inset Graphics
33667 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
33668 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33680 \begin_layout Standard
33681 Formats text using the current settings in the
33683 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33697 \begin_layout Standard
33698 \begin_inset Graphics
33699 filename ../images/math-mode.png
33700 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33712 \begin_layout Standard
33715 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33716 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33717 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Standard
33729 \begin_inset Graphics
33730 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
33731 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33732 rotateOrigin center
33741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33744 \begin_layout Standard
33747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33758 \begin_layout Standard
33759 \begin_inset Graphics
33760 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
33761 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33762 rotateOrigin center
33771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33774 \begin_layout Standard
33777 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33788 \begin_layout Standard
33789 \begin_inset Graphics
33790 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
33791 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33792 rotateOrigin center
33801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33804 \begin_layout Standard
33805 Toggle outline window on/off,
33807 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33814 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33818 \begin_layout Standard
33819 \begin_inset Graphics
33820 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
33821 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33822 rotateOrigin center
33831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33834 \begin_layout Standard
33835 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33841 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33845 \begin_layout Standard
33846 \begin_inset Graphics
33847 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
33848 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33849 rotateOrigin center
33858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33861 \begin_layout Standard
33862 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33875 \begin_layout Subsection
33877 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33878 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33885 \begin_layout Standard
33886 \begin_inset Graphics
33887 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33895 \begin_layout Standard
33896 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33902 \begin_layout Standard
33903 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33907 \begin_layout Standard
33908 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33914 \begin_layout Standard
33915 \begin_inset Tabular
33916 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
33917 <features islongtable="true">
33918 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33919 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33920 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33924 \begin_layout Standard
33925 \begin_inset Graphics
33926 filename ../images/layout.png
33927 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33928 rotateOrigin center
33937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33940 \begin_layout Standard
33947 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33951 \begin_layout Standard
33952 \begin_inset Graphics
33953 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
33954 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33955 rotateOrigin center
33964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33967 \begin_layout Standard
33974 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33978 \begin_layout Standard
33979 \begin_inset Graphics
33980 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
33981 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33982 rotateOrigin center
33991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33994 \begin_layout Standard
34001 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34005 \begin_layout Standard
34006 \begin_inset Graphics
34007 filename ../images/layout_List.png
34008 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34009 rotateOrigin center
34018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34021 \begin_layout Standard
34028 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Standard
34033 \begin_inset Graphics
34034 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
34035 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34036 rotateOrigin center
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Standard
34055 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34059 \begin_layout Standard
34060 \begin_inset Graphics
34061 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
34062 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34063 rotateOrigin center
34072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34075 \begin_layout Standard
34078 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34079 Increase\InsetSpace ~
34087 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34091 \begin_layout Standard
34092 \begin_inset Graphics
34093 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
34094 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34095 rotateOrigin center
34104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34107 \begin_layout Standard
34110 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34111 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
34119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34123 \begin_layout Standard
34124 \begin_inset Graphics
34125 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
34126 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34138 \begin_layout Standard
34141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34142 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34153 \begin_layout Standard
34154 \begin_inset Graphics
34155 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
34156 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34168 \begin_layout Standard
34171 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34172 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34183 \begin_layout Standard
34184 \begin_inset Graphics
34185 filename ../images/label-insert.png
34186 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34198 \begin_layout Standard
34201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34208 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34212 \begin_layout Standard
34213 \begin_inset Graphics
34214 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
34215 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34227 \begin_layout Standard
34230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34237 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Standard
34242 \begin_inset Graphics
34243 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
34244 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34256 \begin_layout Standard
34259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34266 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34270 \begin_layout Standard
34271 \begin_inset Graphics
34272 filename ../images/index-insert.png
34273 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34285 \begin_layout Standard
34288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34300 \begin_layout Standard
34301 \begin_inset Graphics
34302 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
34303 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34315 \begin_layout Standard
34318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34319 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34330 \begin_layout Standard
34331 \begin_inset Graphics
34332 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
34333 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Standard
34348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34359 \begin_layout Standard
34360 \begin_inset Graphics
34361 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
34362 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34363 rotateOrigin center
34372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34375 \begin_layout Standard
34378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34379 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34390 \begin_layout Standard
34391 \begin_inset Graphics
34392 filename ../images/note-insert.png
34393 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34405 \begin_layout Standard
34408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34409 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34417 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34421 \begin_layout Standard
34422 \begin_inset Graphics
34423 filename ../images/box-insert.png
34424 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34436 \begin_layout Standard
34439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34450 \begin_layout Standard
34451 \begin_inset Graphics
34452 filename ../images/url-insert.png
34453 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34465 \begin_layout Standard
34468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34475 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34479 \begin_layout Standard
34480 \begin_inset Graphics
34481 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
34482 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34494 \begin_layout Standard
34497 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34504 \begin_layout Standard
34519 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34523 \begin_layout Standard
34524 \begin_inset Graphics
34525 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
34526 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34538 \begin_layout Standard
34541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34542 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34550 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34554 \begin_layout Standard
34555 \begin_inset Graphics
34556 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
34557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34558 rotateOrigin center
34567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34570 \begin_layout Standard
34573 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34585 \begin_layout Standard
34586 \begin_inset Graphics
34587 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
34588 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34589 rotateOrigin center
34598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34601 \begin_layout Standard
34604 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34605 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34612 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34616 \begin_layout Standard
34617 \begin_inset Graphics
34618 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
34619 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34620 rotateOrigin center
34629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34632 \begin_layout Standard
34635 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34649 \begin_layout Subsection
34650 View / Update Toolbar
34651 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34652 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34659 \begin_layout Standard
34660 \begin_inset Graphics
34661 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34668 \begin_layout Standard
34669 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34675 \begin_layout Standard
34676 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34680 \begin_layout Standard
34681 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34687 \begin_layout Standard
34688 \begin_inset Tabular
34689 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34690 <features islongtable="true">
34691 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34692 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34697 \begin_layout Standard
34698 \begin_inset Graphics
34699 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
34700 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34701 rotateOrigin center
34710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34713 \begin_layout Standard
34716 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34723 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34727 \begin_layout Standard
34728 \begin_inset Graphics
34729 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
34730 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34731 rotateOrigin center
34740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34743 \begin_layout Standard
34746 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34747 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34758 \begin_layout Standard
34759 \begin_inset Graphics
34760 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
34761 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34762 rotateOrigin center
34771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34774 \begin_layout Standard
34777 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34788 \begin_layout Standard
34789 \begin_inset Graphics
34790 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
34791 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34792 rotateOrigin center
34801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34804 \begin_layout Standard
34807 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34808 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34813 \begin_layout Standard
34814 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34815 functionality is merged with
34817 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34832 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34836 \begin_layout Standard
34837 \begin_inset Graphics
34838 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
34839 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34840 rotateOrigin center
34849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34852 \begin_layout Standard
34855 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34862 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34866 \begin_layout Standard
34867 \begin_inset Graphics
34868 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
34869 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34870 rotateOrigin center
34879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34882 \begin_layout Standard
34885 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34886 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34900 \begin_layout Subsection
34904 \begin_layout Standard
34905 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34907 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34908 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34912 , the table toolbar
34913 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34914 name "Toolbar ! Table"
34918 is explained in the
34925 \begin_layout Chapter
34931 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34932 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34937 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34945 \begin_layout Standard
34946 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34948 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
34951 \begin_layout Section
34955 \begin_layout Subsection
34957 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34963 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34964 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34969 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34970 name "Customization ! of menus"
34977 \begin_layout Standard
34978 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34981 \begin_layout Standard
34986 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
34994 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34995 User Interface File
34996 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34997 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
35002 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35003 name "Customization ! of menus"
35010 \begin_layout Standard
35011 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
35012 interface (ui) file.
35013 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
35014 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
35023 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
35024 files and edit the entries.
35027 \begin_layout Standard
35028 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
35040 entries must be ended with an explicit
35065 and in the case of the
35066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35078 The syntax for the entries is:
35081 \begin_layout Standard
35082 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35110 \begin_layout Standard
35112 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35115 All LyX-functions are listed in
35116 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35124 \begin_layout Standard
35125 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
35131 \begin_layout Standard
35132 An example: Assuming you use the menu
35134 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35137 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
35141 \begin_layout Standard
35142 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35147 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
35150 \begin_layout Standard
35152 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35155 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
35158 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35160 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35168 \begin_layout Standard
35169 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
35170 Several binding files are available:
35173 \begin_layout Description
35174 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
35177 \begin_layout Description
35178 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
35189 \begin_layout Description
35190 mac.bind set of bindings for
35192 Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35198 \begin_layout Standard
35199 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
35203 , and bind files for special languages.
35204 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
35206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35214 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
35218 \begin_layout Standard
35219 Some bind-files, like
35223 , have only a small scope.
35224 When looking at the the end of the file
35228 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
35231 \begin_layout Standard
35232 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
35233 s with a text editor.
35234 The syntax of the entries is:
35237 \begin_layout Standard
35243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35261 \begin_layout Standard
35262 All LyX-functions are listed in
35263 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35275 \begin_layout Standard
35278 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35279 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35280 restore window size, or use fixed size
35282 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
35286 \begin_layout Standard
35289 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35290 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35291 restore window position
35293 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
35296 \begin_layout Standard
35299 Restore cursor positions
35301 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
35305 \begin_layout Standard
35308 Load opened files from last session
35310 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
35313 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35315 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35316 name "sub:Backup documents"
35321 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35322 name "Backup ! Documents"
35329 \begin_layout Standard
35334 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
35337 \begin_layout Standard
35342 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
35345 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35356 \begin_layout Standard
35359 Cursor follows scrollbar
35361 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
35365 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35369 \begin_layout Standard
35372 Enable Pixmap Cache
35374 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
35375 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
35376 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
35377 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
35379 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac\InsetSpace ~
35384 \begin_layout Subsection
35386 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35387 name "Font ! Screen"
35392 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35393 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35400 \begin_layout Standard
35401 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35404 \begin_layout Standard
35405 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35408 \begin_layout Standard
35413 This section only deals with the fonts
35418 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
35421 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35432 \begin_layout Standard
35433 By default, LyX uses
35437 as roman (serif) font,
35445 (depends on the system) as
35461 \begin_layout Standard
35462 You can change the font size with the
35469 \begin_layout Standard
35474 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35475 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
35476 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35477 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35478 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35480 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35481 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35488 \begin_layout Standard
35493 are the same as if a document font size of 10
35494 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35498 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35500 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35501 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35508 \begin_layout Subsection
35510 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35511 name "Color ! LyX screen"
35516 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35517 name "Settings ! Color"
35524 \begin_layout Standard
35525 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35526 Choose an item in the list and use the
35533 \begin_layout Subsection
35535 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35536 name "Settings ! Graphics"
35543 \begin_layout Standard
35544 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35547 \begin_layout Standard
35552 enables previewing snippets of your document.
35553 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35555 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35556 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35563 \begin_layout Subsection
35565 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35566 name "Keyboard Map"
35571 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35572 name "Settings ! Keyboard Map"
35577 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35578 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
35585 \begin_layout Standard
35586 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
35587 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
35588 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35590 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
35591 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
35598 \begin_layout Standard
35599 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35602 \begin_layout Standard
35607 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
35615 \begin_layout Section
35617 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35623 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35624 name "Settings ! Directory"
35631 \begin_layout Description
35632 Working\InsetSpace ~
35633 directory This is LyX's working directory.
35634 It is the default when you
35650 \begin_layout Description
35651 Document\InsetSpace ~
35652 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
35654 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35662 \begin_layout Description
35663 Backup\InsetSpace ~
35665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35666 name "Backup ! Directory"
35670 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
35671 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
35673 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35674 reference "sub:Backup documents"
35682 will be used to save the backups.
35684 The backup files have the ending
35685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35695 \begin_layout Description
35700 \begin_layout Standard
35707 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
35708 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
35711 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35714 \begin_layout Standard
35719 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
35727 \begin_layout Description
35728 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
35729 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
35732 \begin_layout Description
35734 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
35735 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
35736 to find it on the system.
35737 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
35738 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
35739 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35740 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35741 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
35742 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
35747 \begin_layout Section
35751 \begin_layout Standard
35752 Here you can insert your name and email address.
35753 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
35754 in section\InsetSpace ~
35756 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35757 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35761 , to mark changes you make as yours.
35764 \begin_layout Section
35766 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35767 name "Language ! Settings"
35772 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35773 name "Settings ! Language"
35780 \begin_layout Subsection
35784 \begin_layout Description
35785 Default\InsetSpace ~
35786 language is the language used in new documents
35789 \begin_layout Description
35790 Language\InsetSpace ~
35791 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
35793 The default is the LaTeX-command
35799 that loads the package
35807 \begin_layout Standard
35808 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
35810 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35811 reference "sec:ERT"
35826 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
35827 the document language.
35828 A text label is for instance the word
35829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35836 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35839 \begin_layout Description
35840 Command\InsetSpace ~
35841 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
35842 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
35843 An example is the start command
35849 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
35854 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35868 selectlanguage{$$lang}
35873 \begin_layout Description
35874 Command\InsetSpace ~
35880 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
35881 command toggles the package on and off.
35884 \begin_layout Description
35893 \begin_layout Description
35894 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
35895 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
35896 used by all LaTeX-packages.
35897 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
35904 \begin_layout Description
35906 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen
35908 When this option is not set, the
35910 Command\InsetSpace ~
35913 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
35914 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
35916 Command\InsetSpace ~
35922 \begin_layout Description
35930 When it is not set, the
35932 Command\InsetSpace ~
35935 is set to the end of the document.
35938 \begin_layout Description
35940 foreign\InsetSpace ~
35941 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
35942 the document language will be underlined blue.
35945 \begin_layout Description
35949 language\InsetSpace ~
35950 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
35951 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
35954 \begin_layout Subsection
35958 \begin_layout Standard
35959 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
35961 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35962 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
35969 \begin_layout Section
35973 \begin_layout Subsection
35975 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35981 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35987 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35988 name "Settings ! Printer"
35995 \begin_layout Description
35996 Default\InsetSpace ~
35997 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
35998 The name will be used when the
36005 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36008 \begin_layout Standard
36013 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
36022 \begin_layout Description
36024 output\InsetSpace ~
36026 printer This option works only for the
36031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36043 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
36044 This is an option only for dvips experts.
36047 \begin_layout Description
36048 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36049 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36050 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36051 LaTeX uses for printing.
36052 The default is on most systems
36059 \begin_layout Description
36060 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36061 Command\InsetSpace ~
36062 Options Here you can specify printer options.
36063 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
36064 of the program that provides the
36071 \begin_layout Subsection
36073 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36079 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36080 name "Settings ! Date format"
36087 \begin_layout Standard
36088 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
36091 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36092 target "http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date"
36098 For example the format
36102 prints the date as day/month/year.
36105 \begin_layout Subsection
36109 \begin_layout Description
36110 Output\InsetSpace ~
36112 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
36113 when using the menu
36115 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36116 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36121 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
36125 \begin_layout Description
36127 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
36132 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
36133 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
36136 \begin_layout Subsection
36141 \begin_layout Standard
36149 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36150 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
36155 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36156 name "Settings ! LaTeX"
36163 \begin_layout Description
36168 \begin_layout Standard
36176 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
36181 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
36203 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
36204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36216 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
36217 LyX sets up in the background.
36218 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
36221 \begin_layout Description
36222 Default\InsetSpace ~
36224 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
36229 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
36232 \begin_layout Description
36235 options\InsetSpace ~
36237 document\InsetSpace ~
36238 classes\InsetSpace ~
36239 changes Removes all manually set document
36240 class options in the
36242 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36245 dialog when changing the document class.
36248 \begin_layout Standard
36251 External Applications
36253 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
36254 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
36255 manuals of the applications.
36256 Currently the following commands can be set:
36259 \begin_layout Description
36264 \begin_layout Standard
36272 command Command for the program
36276 that is described in section
36287 \begin_layout Description
36292 \begin_layout Standard
36300 command Command for the program
36304 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
36306 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36307 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36314 \begin_layout Description
36316 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
36318 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36319 reference "sub:Index-Program"
36326 \begin_layout Description
36328 viewer\InsetSpace ~
36331 options They only have an effect when the program
36335 is used as DVI-viewer.
36338 \begin_layout Subsection
36340 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36346 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36347 name "Settings ! Paths"
36354 \begin_layout Standard
36359 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
36362 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
36364 uses the Windows path style:
36367 \begin_layout Standard
36375 \begin_layout Standard
36376 instead of the Unix path style:
36379 \begin_layout Standard
36383 \begin_layout Section
36385 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36393 \begin_layout Standard
36394 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
36395 from one format to another.
36396 You can modify them or create new ones.
36397 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
36411 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
36417 drop-down list, modify the
36421 field, and press the
36428 \begin_layout Standard
36431 Converter File Cache
36433 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
36436 Maximum Age (in days
36439 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
36440 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
36443 \begin_layout Standard
36444 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
36445 the converter definition, is described in section
36456 \begin_layout Section
36458 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36459 name "File formats"
36464 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36465 name "sec:File-Formats"
36472 \begin_layout Standard
36473 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
36474 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
36476 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
36493 \begin_layout Standard
36494 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
36495 is described in section
36506 \begin_layout Section
36508 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36516 \begin_layout Standard
36517 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
36518 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
36519 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
36520 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
36521 This is done by a Copier.
36524 \begin_layout Standard
36525 More about converters is described in section
36536 \begin_layout Chapter
36537 Units available in LyX
36538 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36544 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36545 name "cha:Units-available-in"
36552 \begin_layout Standard
36553 To understand the units described in this documentation,
36554 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36555 reference "cap:Units"
36559 explains all units available in LyX.
36562 \begin_layout Standard
36563 \begin_inset Float table
36569 \begin_layout Standard
36570 \begin_inset Caption
36572 \begin_layout Standard
36573 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36586 \begin_layout Standard
36587 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
36593 \begin_layout Standard
36595 \begin_inset Tabular
36596 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
36599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
36600 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36604 \begin_layout Standard
36610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36613 \begin_layout Standard
36620 <row topline="true">
36621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36624 \begin_layout Standard
36630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36633 \begin_layout Standard
36640 <row topline="true">
36641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36644 \begin_layout Standard
36650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36653 \begin_layout Standard
36660 <row topline="true">
36661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36664 \begin_layout Standard
36670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36673 \begin_layout Standard
36680 <row topline="true">
36681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36684 \begin_layout Standard
36690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36693 \begin_layout Standard
36694 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36695 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36702 <row topline="true">
36703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36706 \begin_layout Standard
36712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36715 \begin_layout Standard
36716 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36717 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36724 <row topline="true">
36725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36728 \begin_layout Standard
36734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36737 \begin_layout Standard
36738 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36739 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36746 <row topline="true">
36747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36750 \begin_layout Standard
36756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36759 \begin_layout Standard
36760 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36761 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36768 <row topline="true">
36769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36772 \begin_layout Standard
36778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36781 \begin_layout Standard
36782 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36784 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
36787 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36794 <row topline="true">
36795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36798 \begin_layout Standard
36804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36807 \begin_layout Standard
36808 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36809 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36816 <row topline="true">
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Standard
36826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36829 \begin_layout Standard
36830 % of original image width
36836 <row topline="true">
36837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36840 \begin_layout Standard
36846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36849 \begin_layout Standard
36856 <row topline="true">
36857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36860 \begin_layout Standard
36866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36869 \begin_layout Standard
36876 <row topline="true">
36877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36880 \begin_layout Standard
36886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36889 \begin_layout Standard
36896 <row topline="true">
36897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36900 \begin_layout Standard
36906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36909 \begin_layout Standard
36916 <row topline="true">
36917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36920 \begin_layout Standard
36926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36929 \begin_layout Standard
36936 <row topline="true">
36937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36940 \begin_layout Standard
36946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36949 \begin_layout Standard
36956 <row topline="true">
36957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36960 \begin_layout Standard
36966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36969 \begin_layout Standard
36980 <row topline="true">
36981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36984 \begin_layout Standard
36990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36993 \begin_layout Standard
37004 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
37005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37008 \begin_layout Standard
37014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37017 \begin_layout Standard
37018 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37019 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37038 \begin_layout Chapter
37040 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
37048 \begin_layout Standard
37049 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
37050 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
37053 \begin_layout Itemize
37056 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
37059 \begin_layout Itemize
37065 \begin_layout Itemize
37071 \begin_layout Itemize
37077 \begin_layout Itemize
37083 \begin_layout Itemize
37089 \begin_layout Itemize
37095 \begin_layout Itemize
37101 \begin_layout Itemize
37104 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
37107 \begin_layout Itemize
37113 \begin_layout Itemize
37119 \begin_layout Itemize
37125 \begin_layout Itemize
37131 \begin_layout Itemize
37137 \begin_layout Itemize
37143 \begin_layout Itemize
37149 \begin_layout Itemize
37155 \begin_layout Itemize
37157 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
37165 \begin_layout Standard
37168 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
37175 \begin_layout Bibliography
37176 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37186 \begin_layout Standard
37190 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
37199 \begin_layout Standard
37207 \begin_inset Note Note
37210 \begin_layout Standard
37217 is explained in the
37222 It creates a hyperlink.
37230 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37231 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
37238 \begin_layout Bibliography
37239 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37240 key "latexcompanion"
37244 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
37246 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
37249 Addison-Wesley, 2004
37252 \begin_layout Bibliography
37253 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37258 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
37261 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
37264 Addison-Wesley, 2003
37267 \begin_layout Bibliography
37268 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37275 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
37278 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
37281 \begin_layout Bibliography
37282 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37294 Addison-Wesley, 1984
37297 \begin_layout Bibliography
37298 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37306 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37307 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
37314 \begin_layout Bibliography
37315 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37321 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37322 name "The LaTeX FAQ:"
37323 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
37330 \begin_layout Bibliography
37331 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37340 \begin_layout Standard
37344 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
37353 \begin_layout Standard
37367 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37368 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
37375 \begin_layout Bibliography
37376 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37385 \begin_layout Standard
37389 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
37398 \begin_layout Standard
37405 of the LaTeX-package
37410 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37411 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
37418 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37419 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
37426 \begin_layout Bibliography
37427 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37436 \begin_layout Standard
37440 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
37450 \begin_layout Standard
37457 of the LaTeX-package
37462 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37463 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
37470 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37471 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
37478 \begin_layout Bibliography
37479 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37488 \begin_layout Standard
37492 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
37502 \begin_layout Standard
37509 of the LaTeX-package
37514 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37515 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
37522 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37523 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf"
37530 \begin_layout Bibliography
37531 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37540 \begin_layout Standard
37544 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
37553 \begin_layout Standard
37560 of the LaTeX-package
37565 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37566 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
37573 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37574 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
37581 \begin_layout Bibliography
37582 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37591 \begin_layout Standard
37595 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
37604 \begin_layout Standard
37611 of the LaTeX-package
37616 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37617 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
37624 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37625 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
37632 \begin_layout Bibliography
37633 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37642 \begin_layout Standard
37646 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
37655 \begin_layout Standard
37662 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
37665 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37666 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
37673 \begin_layout Bibliography
37674 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37683 \begin_layout Standard
37687 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
37696 \begin_layout Standard
37703 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
37706 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37707 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
37714 \begin_layout Bibliography
37715 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37724 \begin_layout Standard
37728 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
37737 \begin_layout Standard
37744 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
37747 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37748 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
37755 \begin_layout Bibliography
37756 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37765 \begin_layout Standard
37769 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
37778 \begin_layout Standard
37785 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
37788 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37789 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
37796 \begin_layout Bibliography
37797 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37806 \begin_layout Standard
37810 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
37819 \begin_layout Standard
37826 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
37829 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37830 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
37837 \begin_layout Bibliography
37838 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37847 \begin_layout Standard
37851 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList}{
37860 \begin_layout Standard
37867 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
37870 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37871 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
37878 \begin_layout Standard
37885 \begin_layout Standard
37896 \begin_layout Standard
37912 \begin_inset Note Note
37915 \begin_layout Standard
37922 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
37923 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
37924 bibliography is the second one:
37932 \begin_layout Standard
37933 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
37934 options "biblio/alphadin"
37935 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
37942 \begin_layout Standard
37943 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
37946 \begin_layout Standard
37949 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
37954 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex